Toulouse, le 19 Septembre 2003

DO/TA - 4159/03
Ed.02 du 06/05/2004

ATR 42/72
BORDERAU DE DIFFUSION DE LA

SPECIFICATION TECHNIQUE D'EQUIPEMENT

************************************************************

N° DE SPEC : DO/TA – 4159/03 Ed.02 06/05/2004

DESIGNATION : RECORDING SYSTEM - AIRCRAFT MONITORING SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION : MULTI-PURPOSE COMPUTER (MPC)

************************************************************

DIFFUSION : DO/T C.ORSI

DO/TF G.PETIT
DO/TA D. CLERC
DO/TV E.DELESALLE
DO/QE F.CAPOVILLA
DO/PE B.HAAG

Page 1 sur 62
 ATR 42 / 72

EQUIPEMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

************************************************************

N° EQUIP SPEC : DO/TA 4159/03 Ed.02 06/05/2004

SYSTEM : RECORDING SYSTEM – AIRCRAFT MONITORING SYSTEM

EQUIPMENT : MULTI-PURPOSE COMPUTER (MPC)

************************************************************

COMPILED BY : R. TROUILHET APPROVED BY : D. CLERC

P.BERTHELOT G.PETIT

AUTHORIZED BY: C.ORSI

Ce document est CONFIDENTIEL, il est la propriété d’ATR.

Ce document ne peut être, en partie ou en totalité reproduit, ni communiqué à quiquonque, ni utilisé à

l'encontre des dites Sociétés.

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, nor used against the afore
mentioned Companies.

Page 2 sur 62
 EQUIPEMENT SPECIFICATION

LIST OF REVISIONS

ISSUE DATE EFFECT ON REASON FOR REVISION

PAGE PAR

1 19.09.03 All 1er issue. “Call for tender specification”

2 06.05.04 2ème Issue

Page 3 sur 62
 EQUIPEMENT SPECIFICATION

CURRENT ISSUE OF PAGES

PAGE ISSUE PAGE ISSUE PAGE ISSUE PAGE ISSUE

Page 4 sur 62
 INDEX

1. GENERAL
1.1. PURPOSE

1.2. SCOPE

1.3. DATA SUBJECT TO GUARANTEES

1.4. ABBREVIATIONS

1.5. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

1.5.1. GENERAL

1.5.2. ATR ATR DOCUMENTS

1.5.2.1. MISCELLANEOUS DOCUMENTS

1.5.2.2. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENTS

1.5.2.3. ARINC DOCUMENTS

1.5.2.4. EUROCAE / FAR AND RTCA DOCUMENTS

1.5.2.5. REGULATION DOCUMENTS

1.5.2.6. COMPANIES DOCUMENTS

1.5.2.7. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT DOCUMENTS

2. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS AND OPERATING CONDITIONS

2.1. DESCRIPTION

2.1.1. DEFINITIONS, PROVISIONS, DEVELOPMENT SPARES AND GROWTH

CAPABILITY

2.1.2. SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

2.1.3. FUNCTIONS TO BE PERFORMED BY MPC

2.1.3.1 FDAU Part

2.1.3.2 DMU Part

2.1.4. IDENTIFIED PROVISIONS

2.1.4.1. FDAU Part

Page 5 sur 62
 2.1.4.2. DMU Part

2.2. CHARACTERISTICS

2.2.1. INTERFACES

2.2.1.1. GENERAL INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS

2.2.1.2. INTERFACE WITH OTHER SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENTS

2.2.1.3. MECHANICAL INTERFACE

2.2.1.4. HYDRAULIC INTERFACE

2.2.1.5. ELECTRICAL INTERFACE

2.2.1.5.1. Power supply

2.2.1.5.2. Power consumption

2.2.1.5.3. Input / output capacity

2.2.1.5.4. Connection and wiring

2.2.1.5.5. Input/output characteristics and protections

2.2.1.5.6. Circuit breaker characteristics

2.2.1.5.7. Characteristics of signals

2.2.1.6. PNEUMATIC INTERFACE

2.2.2. ERGONOMICS ASPECTS

2.2.2.1. GENERAL

2.2.3. BUILT-IN TEST EQUIPMENT (BITE)

2.2.4. O.B.R.M (ON BOARD REPLACEABLE MODULE)

2.2.5. DATA LOADING

2.2.5.1 GENERAL

2.2.5.2 DATA LOADING METHODOLOGY

2.2.6. INTERCHANGEABILITY

2.2.7. MIXABILITY

2.2.8. NUMBER OF COMPONENTS

2.2.9. LOCKING OF PARTS

2.2.10. BONDING

2.2.11. MISCELLANEOUS DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

Page 6 sur 62
2.3. PERFORMANCE

2.3.1. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

2.3.2. PERFORMANCE RELATIVE TO POWER CUTS

2.3.3. SYSTEMS RESPONSE TIME

2.3.4. UNIT CAPACITY

2.3.4.1. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO DETERMINE THE BASIC UNIT

CAPACITY

2.3.4.2. PURCHASER DEVELOPMENT SPARES

2.3.4.3. PROCESSING POWER AND MEMORY CAPACITY

2.3.5. GROWTH CAPABILITY

2.4. MATERIALS AND PRODUCTION PROCESSES-CORROSION

2.4.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

2.4.2. FLUIDS AND PRODUCTS USED ON AIRCRAFT

2.4.3. HYDRAULIC FLUID TEMPERATURE

2.4.4. FIRE PROPAGATION

2.4.5. FLAMMABILITY, SMOKE AND TOXIC GAS EMISSION

2.5. LOCATION AND ENVIRONMENT

2.5.1. LOCATION

2.5.2. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

2.5.3. HEAT DISSIPATION, VENTILATION, COOLING AND HEATING

2.5.3.1. HEAT DISSIPATION

2.5.3.2. VENTILATION - COOLING

2.6. OPERATIONAL DATA

2.7. INSTALLATION

2.8. NOISE

2.9. MASS

Page 7 sur 62
 2.10. VOLUME

2.11. PIN PROGRAMMING

3. SAFETY - RELIABILITY - MAINTAINABILITY

3.1. SAFETY - RELIABILITY

3.1.1. DEFINITION OF TERMS

3.1.2. SAFETY AND RELIABILITY OBJECTIVES

3.1.3. SEGREGATION REQUIREMENTS

3.1.3.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENT

3.1.3.2. PROTECTION AGAINST PHYSICAL DISTURBANCE ON INPUTS /

OUTPUTS DEDICATED TO ENGINES

3.1.3.3. CHANNELS SEGREGATION - DISSIMILARITY

3.1.4. SAFETY TESTS

3.1.5. FAILURE ANALYSIS

3.1.5.1. FMEA

3.1.5.2. FMES

3.1.6. HAZARD ANALYSIS

3.1.7. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

3.2. RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY

3.2.1. DEFINITION OF TERMS

3.2.2. RELIABILITY

3.2.3. SERVICE LIFE

3.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR SAFETY AND MAINTAINABILITY

3.4. DEFECT INVESTIGATION ON REJECTED UNIT

4. CERTIFICATION AND QUALIFICATION

4.1. DEFINITION OF TERMS

4.2. REGULATIONS AND CERTIFICATION CONSIDERATIONS

Page 8 sur 62
 4.3. QUALIFICATION

4.3.1. GENERAL

4.3.2. UNIT CATEGORY AND CLASSIFICATION

4.3.3. QUALIFICATION DOCUMENTS

4.3.4. MINIMUM QUALIFICATION BEFORE DELIVERY OF THE FIRST UNIT

4.3.5. QUALIFICATION BEFORE FIRST FLIGHT

4.4. CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS

5. SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS

5.1. SOFTWARE QUALITY CLAUSES

6. HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS

6.1. DESIGN CAPABILITY EVALUATION OF SUPPLIER

6.2. DESIGN STANDARDS

6.3. HARDWARE TESTABILITY COVERAGE

6.4. SELECTION OF ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY PROCESSES

6.4.1. TECHNOLOGY QUALIFICATION TESTS

6.4.2. TECHNOLOGIES MODIFICATIONS AND REQUALIFICATION

6.5. ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS SCREENING TESTS

6.6. SELECTION OF MATERIALS

6.7. HARDWARE QUALITY CLAUSES

6.8. ASICS QUALITY CLAUSES

7. MANUFACTURING AND TESTS

7.1. MANUFACTURING AND SCREENING

7.1.1. MANUFACTURING

Page 9 sur 62
 7.1.2. SCREENING SPECIFICATION

7.2. MANUFACTURING TEST

7.2.1. MANUFACTURING DETAILED TEST SPECIFICATION (DTS)

7.2.2. ACCEPTANCE TEST SPECIFICATION (ATS)

7.2.2.1. ATS DEFINITION

7.2.2.2. ACCEPTANCE TEST AND TEST COVERAGE ANALYSIS APPROVAL

7.2.2.3. TEST COVERAGE REQUIREMENTS

7.2.2.4. MINIMUM ATS CONTENT

7.2.3. ATLAS TEST SPECIFICATION

7.2.4. MAINTENANCE TEST SPECIFICATION (MTS)

7.2.5. ACCEPTANCE TEST DOCUMENTATION DELIVERY

8. QUALITY ASSURANCE

8.1. GENERAL

8.2. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS THROUGHOUT THE LIFE CYCLE

9. CONFIGURATION MANAGMENT

9.1. IDENTIFICATION

9.2. CHANGE MANAGEMENT

9.2.1. MODIFICATION WITH SPECIFICATION EVOLUTION (DCR, DCI/EMS)

9.2.2. MODIFICATIONS OF THE UNIT TO SATISFY THE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION

9.2.3. OTHER MODIFICATIONS

9.2.4. SOFTWARE CHANGE IMPLEMENTATION

9.2.5. CHANGE DOCUMENTATION

10. METHOD AND TOOLS

11. TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITIES ORGANIZATION

11.1. PURCHASER AND SUPPLIER TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITIES

Page 10 sur 62
 11.1.1. GENERAL

11.1.2. PROVISIONS AND DEVELOPMENT SPARES RESPONSIBILITIES

11.1.3. SOFTWARE RESPONSIBILITY

11.1.3.1. SUPPLIER RESPONSIBILITIES

11.1.3.2. PURCHASER RESPONSIBILITIES

11.2. DEVELOPMENT PHASES

11.3. ORGANIZATION - INTEGRATED TEAMS

12. PROJECT MANAGEMENT

12.1. PROGRESS MEETINGS

12.2. TECHNICAL MEETINGS

12.3. MANAGEMENT MEETINGS

12.4. REVIEW MEETINGS

12.4.1. REVIEWS LIST

12.4.2. PLANS REVIEW (PR)

12.4.3. PRELIMINARY DESIGN REVIEW (PDR)

12.4.4. CRITICAL DESIGN REVIEW (CDR)

12.4.5. LABORATORY UNIT ACCEPTANCE (LUA)

12.4.6. FIRST FLIGHT ARTICLE REVIEW (FFAR)

12.4.7. CERTIFICATION FIRST ARTICLE REVIEW (CFAR)

12.5. PERFORMANCES ASSESSMENT

12.6. AUDITS

13. STORAGE AND HANDLING

14. SUPPLYING

14.1. DELIVERY STANDARD FOR DEVELOPMENT PHASES

Page 11 sur 62
 14.2. TECHNICAL DATA / DOCUMENTATION

14.2.1. GENERAL

14.2.2. SUPPLIER'S TECHNICAL PROPOSAL

14.2.2.1. CONTENTS

14.2.2.2. REQUIRED PROPOSAL PLAN AND FORM

14.2.3. EQUIPMENT DOCUMENTS

14.2.4. SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION

15. DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE

Page 12 sur 62
 APPENDIX

APPENDIX 1
Aircraft Performances Monitoring Function DO/TF 2049/04 Ed.01

APPENDIX 2
Enhanced Surveillance & ADS-B Function DO/TY 3166/04 Ed.01

APPENDIX 3
AFCS Maintenance Function DO/TY 3167/04 Ed.01

APPENDIX 4
TCAS Maintenance Function DO/TY 3168/04 Ed.01

APPENDIX 5
MFC Maintenance Maintenance Memory ReadingFunction DO/TY 3169/04 Ed.01

APPENDIX 6
Radio Communication / Navigation Maintenance Function DO/TY 3170/04 Ed.01

APPENDIX 7
G-Meter Function DO/TY 3171/04 Ed.01

APPENDIX 8
PEC / EEC Maintenance Function DO/TY 3172/04 Ed.01

Page 13 sur 62
 ATR 42 / 72

RECORDING SYSTEM - AIRCRAFT MONITORING SYSTEM

1. GENERAL
1.1. PURPOSE

This technical document defines the specification for the “Multi-Purpose Computer (MPC).
The role and functions of this computer are described in chapter 2 of this specification.
It defines :
- the technical requirements the system must satisfy,
- the installation characteristics for these items,
- the environmental conditions,
- the requested documentation.

The supplier shall be entirely responsible contractually for the fulfillment of these requirements.
In no case has the supplier proposal any contractual authority.

1.2. SCOPE

This technical document deals with the "MPC” used on all ATR aircraft.

The hardware shall be identical for all type of aircraft.

The embedded software :
- shall have the capability to be uploaded,
- shall be identical for both aircraft, including pin-programmable functions dedicated to specific
applications, if necessary.

1.3. DATA SUBJECT TO GUARANTEES

The technical specification clearly identifies the data subject to guarantees from the supplier.
The guaranteed data shall be :
- sizes,
- weight,
- heat dissipation,
- electrical consumption,
- MTBF,
- MTBUR,
- service life,
- computation performances,
- safety objectives.

All the technical data required in this document shall be guaranteed by the supplier.

1.4. ABBREVIATIONS

A/C : Aircraft
ACARS : Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System
ACMS : Airplane Condition Monitoring System
ADL : Airborne Data Loader

Page 14 sur 62
 MPC : Multi Purpose Computer
AFDAU : Auxiliary Flight Data Acquisition Unit
AIDS : Aircraft Integrated Data System
ARINC : Aeronautical Radio Inc
BITE : Built In Test Equipment
CSDB : Commercial Standard Digital Bus
CVR : Cockpit Voice Recorder
DFDR : Digital Flight Data Recorder
DMT : Display Memory Terminal
DMU : Data Management Unit
FDAU : Flight Data Acquisition Unit
FMEA : Failure Modes Effects Analysis
FMES : Failure Modes Effects Summary
I/O : Input / Output
JAA : Joint Aviation Authorities
LRU : Line Replaceable Unit
MCDU : Multipurpose Control and Display Unit
MPTR : Multipurpose Printer
MTBF : Mean Time between Failures
MTBUR : Mean Time between Unscheduled Removals
NA : Not Applicable
PC : Personal Computer
PCM : Pulse Code Modulation
PCMCIA : Personal Computer Memory Card International Association
PDL : Portable Data Loader
PTE : Portable Test Equipment
P/N : Part Number
QAR : Quick Access Recorder
SSM : Sign & Status Matrix
TBA : To Be Answered (by the supplier before the selection)
TBC : To Be Confirmed (by the purchaser before the selection and accepted by the supplier)
TBD : To Be Defined (by the purchaser before the selection and accepted by the supplier).

1.5. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

1.5.1. GENERAL

Unless otherwise specified, the units shall comply with the documents listed hereafter and
with applicable documents referenced in them.

1.5.2. ATR ATR DOCUMENTS

1.5.2.1. MISCELLANEOUS DOCUMENTS

Note D00S-322-4001C : Characteristics of ATR 42 electrical generation,
MIL-HDBK 217E : Reliability prediction of electronic equipment.
Note AS 419.066/82 ATR 42 General Equipment Environmental Conditions
Note AS 419.065/82 ATR 42 General Technical Requirement of Equipment

1.5.2.2. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENTS

D-74.01 Supplier Quality Requirements.
CG.0084 Suppliers Survey.
CG.0073 Suppliers Qualification.
M011 Industrial Process Control Evaluation

1.5.2.3. ARINC DOCUMENTS

ARINC 724B : Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System
(ACARS),
ARINC 573 : Aircraft Integrated Data System (AIDS Mark 2),
ARINC 429 : Mark 33 Digital Information Transfer System,

Page 15 sur 62
 ARINC 600 : Air transports Avionics Equipment Interfaces,
ARINC 615-3 : Data Loading,
ARINC 739 : Multi purpose Control and Display Unit,
ARINC 591 : Quick Access Recorder for AIDS System,
ARINC 717 : Flight Data Acquisition and Recording System,
ARINC 597 : Communications Addressing and Reporting System.
ARINC 615 : Airborne Computer – High Speed Data Loader
ARINC 740/744 : Multiple-input Cockpit Printer

1.5.2.4. EUROCAE / FAR AND RTCA DOCUMENTS

EUROCAE ED 14 / RTCA DO160 : Environmental Conditions and Tests
Procedures for Airborne Equipment.
EUROCAE ED 12 / RTCA D0178 : Software Considerations in Airborne
Systems and equipment Certification.
EUROCAE ED 80 / RTCA D0254: Design assurance guidance for airborne
Electronic hardware.

1.5.2.5. REGULATION DOCUMENTS

EUROCAE ED 55,
FAR 121-344,
FAR 25,
JAR 25.

1.5.2.6. COMPANIES DOCUMENTS

523-0772774-00911R Ed 9 January 14 1998 : Commercial Standard Digital Bus
(CSDB).
EB 7013343 : Avionics Standard Communication Bus (ASCB) Version A.

1.5.2.7 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT DOCUMENTS

D-75.03 Identification marking of aircraft items.
CG-0163 FEE / DDP processing and distribution.

Page 16 sur 62
2. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS AND OPERATING CONDITIONS
2.1. DESCRIPTION

2.1.1. DEFINITIONS, PROVISIONS, DEVELOPMENT SPARES AND GROWTH

CAPABILITY

Basic functions and basic definition :

All the functions required in this document, which are not provision are called basic
functions.
Basic functions and their associated requirements define the basic definition.

Identified provisions :
Different levels of identified provisions are used according :
- to the knowledge of the function with which the provision is associated,
- to the probability of implementation of the function in the unit.

There are three types of identified provisions :

1) Space provision :
In order to make space provision for a function within a unit, the supplier shall ensure
that :
- the overall size of the unit and the size of any associated panel or display for which
the supplier has responsibility are compatible with the inclusion of the function
- the size of any electronic card or assembly that is contained within the unit can
accommodate the necessary additional Input/Output, memory and processing capacity
needed to implement the function.
2) System provision
In order to make system provision for a function within a unit the supplier shall ensure
that :
- space provision is made,
- all mechanical subassemblies and associated wiring to perform the function are
included in the unit (e.g. switches, controls, and connectors),
- on the electronic cards the circuits and associated wiring to accomplish the
input/output task associated with the function are included,
- the memories installed in the unit are sufficient to meet the memory needs of the
function,
- the processing requirement of the function can be met within the installed processing
capacity of the unit,
- the software implementing the basic definition shall be designed to allow an easy
addition of the function (without modification to the software architecture).
3) Full provision
In order to make full provision for a function within a unit, the supplier shall ensure
that :
- the function is treated as a basic function (as such, it is implemented within the unit).

Identified definition :
The basic definition plus the identified provision constitute the identified definition.

Supplier development spares :

The supplier may take supplier development spares in order to face his possible errors, for
instance :

Page 17 sur 62
 - when defining the characteristics of the unit he considers necessary for the identified
definition,
- when developing the unit,
- .... .

Basic Unit capacity :

The - basic definition,
- identified provisions,
- supplier development spares,
- and the associated requirements (required performance, for instance), allow the
supplier to define the basic unit capacity.

Growth capability :
The growth capability is constituted by the extra provisions, which could be defined by the
supplier in order to ease future development for functions, which are not defined in the
present document.

Options :
An option constitutes an extension of the basic aircraft.
It is taken into account in this technical specification either through the basic functions, or
through the identified provision.
The word "option" is reserved for the aircraft system.

2.1.2. SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

The general architecture of the system is shown on figure1.

The MPC includes the following inputs/outputs :
- interface from aircraft to MPC,
- interface from MPC to aircraft.
The organization retained shall enable to accomplish the specified functions in compliance
with the requirements specified including safety objectives and system growth capability.

Page 18 sur 62
 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
GMT, Flt No
ACARS Broadcast FDAU V0, V1,
CMU A724B V2
Reports
A429
A573
MPTR DFDR ou
SSFDR

FDE A429
P

MPC (2)
AHRS1
AFDAU Cmd/output
AHRS2 (level C) correlation
A591 QAR
MW
FDAU SYSTEM
ADU
Weight (4) FDAU
Tables (4)
ADC 1 AAS (1) A429 FTIU
PTT (1) APM
FTIU (1)
ASCB
ADC 2 input
ASCB A429
A429 Enhanced ATC
GNSS Surveillance

ADL
ADS-B
provisio
n
DMU (level D) APIU

A429
FDEP
BP
EVENT
BITE Radio FAULT
Comm/nav

EEC1/ 2 x A429 BITE PEC/EEC

2
PEC1/2 EEC/PE
C
sel A/C From
To ADL BITE AFCS
type A429 Printer ACARS
A429 A740 CMU
TCAS
BITE TCAS
MFC A429
RS232
ON RS23 BITE MFC
MFC 2
Rotacteur
A429
masse G-meter
MCDU (2)
QAR/DAR

Flt Tst Recorder ACMS

Spares (+ DMT reports WIFI
2 A429 à chiffrer Sagem)
>10 série
> 6 shunt groun
>10 analogs (sync, d
DCR, analogs) PCMCIA
virtual
MCDU
Page
(lap19 sur 62 MCDU
top)
2.1.3. FUNCTIONS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE MPC

The MPC shall accomplish the following functions :

2.1.3.1 FDAU Part

1°) Acquisition of aircraft parameters :

The MPC acquires :
- data in ARINC 573 format from different FDAU’s standard PCM (V0, V1-, V2+) at
a rate of 64 w/s or 128 w/s.
- data in digital, analog or discrete format from aircraft systems.
The MPC concentrates all these data, in accordance with regulations, and transmits
PCM frame at a rate of 64/128/256 w/s in ARINC 573 format for the flight
parameter recorder (FDR), for the quick access recorder (QAR), and for the DMU.

PCM Frame Output speed following FDAU standard (V0, V1-, V2+)

FDAU Standard Input speed Output speed

V0 64words/sec; 64words/sec.
V1- 64words/sec. 64words/sec.
V2+ -à ED34A330 included 64words/sec. 64words/sec.
V2+ ED34A340 128words/sec. 128 words/sec.
V2+ ED34A340 + FAR121.344 128words/sec. 256words/sec.

The different FDAU standards shall be identified by a pin-programming.

The MPC shall have the capability for all aircraft PCM Frame configurations V0, V1-, V2+, FAR
121.344 combined with all aircraft models ATR 42 & 72, including “STC” PCM Frame.

The MPC shall be capable of processing FDR parameters in playback and monitoring
via the synchro-words the correlation between the value recorded and the playback
value, in order to generate the FDR status.
The PCM output data frames are described in the different Sagem specifications.
The PCM definition shall be under the supplier responsibility.
Regarding the APM function the MPC shall acquire 4 dedicated discrete inputs
(APIU outputs type TBD), representative of the cockpit signalisation and add them in
each output PCM, to the FDR. One of these inputs shall be an intermittent signal
(flashing input), but shall be recorded in continuous.
Moreover an additional discrete input (flashing Master Warning) shall be able to do
the same treatment, and the information recorded on this second input shall be
positionned in the different PCM frame in place of “master warning” information.
2°) Synchro CVR management :
The MPC shall transmit the GMT word to the Cockpit Voice Recorder, when the
synchro word 1 shall be transmitted to the FDR. This output is provided to allow the
synchronization of the CVR record with FDR record.
3°) Bite management:
The MPC shall contain the software enabling to perform complete equipment built in
test, for monitoring system status.
Moreover the 2 discrete outputs dedicated to the APM cockpit signalisation (except
Fault output) shall be fedback on 2 discrete inputs to monitor the function.
4°) PTE link management :
The MPC shall be able to perform maintenance functions through a PTE (Portable
Test Equipment). The content and the protocol shall be proposed by the supplier to
the purchaser.

Page 20 sur 62
 5°) ADL interface
Two Arinc 429 lines (one input and one output) and activation discretes shall be
provided to upload software from the ADL/PDL to the AFDAU (Arinc 615-3).
6°) DMU output
One Arinc 429 bus and asynchronous HDLC line shall be provided to transmit data
internally from the AFDAU to the DMU (the Arinc 429 bus is also external to the
MPC).
7°) Discrete outputs
The AFDAU shall provide AFDAU and APM Fail & FDRS Fail outputs (AFDAU
fail: steady output, APM fail: flashing output)
8°) Enhanced surveillance & ADS-B
The Enhanced Surveillance and the ADS-B, through acquisition of specific
parameters from aircraft computers shall enable the air traffic controller to increase
efficiency in tactically separating aircraft.
This function shall be realized with a software DO 178B level C.
Detailed information regarding this function shall be given in a dedicated appendix.
9°) Aircraft Performances Monitoring
This function, through acquisition of specific parameters shall enable the monitoring
of aircraft performances.
This function shall be realized with a software DO 178B level C.
Detailed information regarding this function shall be given in a dedicated appendix .

2.1.3.2 DMU Part

1°) MCDU’s interface

Three Arinc 429 buses (two inputs and one output) shall be provided to manage a
dialogue with two MCDU’s Arinc 739.
Output to MCDUs will be shared with MPTR.
2°) G-Meter function
This function, through acquisition of specific parameters, shall enable the display, at
the end of the flight, to the crew, of the vertical acceleration value in flight and at the
landing.
This function shall be realized with a software DO 178B level D.
This function shall be treated as an ACMS standard report.
This function shall be available with all FDAU standard versions.
Detailed information regarding this function shall be given in a dedicated appendix .
3°) Maintenance function (software DO 178B level D) – see appendix
a) TCAS
b) AFCS
c) MFC
d) PEC/EEC – bite and trim
e) rad com/rad nav
Detailed information regarding this function shall be given in dedicated appendix .
4°) FDEP interface
This function shall enable to remove FDEP equipment from aircraft and to replaced
this item by MCDU associated to dedicated menus.
This function shall be compatible with all FDAU standards (V0, V1-, V2+)
The supplier shall provide the purchaser with a protocol proposition, for agreement.
All the functions realized by FDEP/FDAU interface shall be insure by means of
MPC/MCDU interface.
Two Arinc 429 lines (one input and one output) shall be provided.
Output will be shared with TCAS.
5°) PCMCIA interface
A PCMCIA interface shall be provided allowing to accept removable type I and II
media. This PCMCIA shall be used for the internal QAR/DAR/G-meter reports
functions.
6°) ADL interface

Page 21 sur 62
 Two Arinc 429 lines (one input and one output and a dedicated activation discrete)
shall be provided to upload software and download data from the ADL/PDL to the
DMU (Arinc 615-3).
7°) A full duplex asynchronous link shall be provided to connect the DMU to a PC based
Portable Test Equipment (PTE).
8°) Discrete outputs
The DMU shall provide 3 discrete outputs.
9°) RS 232 input
This input shall be used for PTE or for MFC Bite acquisition via an external selector
switch with dedicated selection pin program
The description of this MFC Bite function shall be described in dedicated appendix.

2.1.5. IDENTIFIED PROVISIONS

All the following identified provisions shall be available in the definition of MPC.

2.1.5.1 QAR output (Arinc 591)

The QAR RZ Bipolar output shall send the same PCM frame as FDR PCM frame
with a synchronization pulse generated at the end of each on the QAR synchro output
The same data frame as FDR output one is sent to the QAR. Only the coding is
different, it is a RZ Bipolar code. Moreover a QAR synchro output is provided for
synchro pulse generation.

2.1.5.2 MPTR interface

Two Arinc 429 buses (one input and one output) shall be provided to manage a
dialogue with a MPTR , following Arinc 740 or 744 protocol.
Output bus is shared with MCDUs

2.1.5.3 Interface with ACARS :

Two Arinc 429 buses (one input and one output) shall be provided to transfer/receive
data to/from ACARS (Arinc 724B).

2.1.5.4 Wifi
This function is developped under Sagem responsibility.

2.2. CHARACTERISTICS

2.2.1. INTERFACES

2.2.1.1. GENERAL INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS

All interface aspects not defined in this document shall be submitted to the
purchaser for approval.

2.2.1.2. INTERFACE WITH OTHER SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENTS

Due to his function the MPC shall interface with different aircraft systems.
Each type of interface shall be in accordance with :
- Arinc standards defined in §.1.5.2,
- electrical characteristics of inputs/outputs defined in §2.2.1.5.5.

2.2.1.3. MECHANICAL INTERFACE

The dimensions, attaches, cooling, etc... of the MPC shall comply with ARINC
600 specification.

2.2.1.4. HYDRAULIC INTERFACE

N.A.

2.2.1.5. ELECTRICAL INTERFACE

Page 22 sur 62
2.2.1.5.1. Power supply
The power supply characteristics are given in note DOOS-322-
4001C.
The unit shall comply with it.

2.2.1.5.2. Power consumption

The MPC maximum consumption shall be : 40W

2.2.1.5.3. Input / output capacity

• MPC Inputs/Outputs :
The MPC shall have the capability to acquire and to drive the
following inputs/outputs, including identified provisions.

Identified
Definition
AFDAU DMU
Interfaces Interfaces
Arinc Inputs 429 15 15
RS 422 / CSDB /ASCB 4 4
Inputs
Arinc Outputs 429 2 4
Discrete Inputs 75 8
Discrete Outputs 2 3
Analog Inputs 45 45
Arinc 573/717 Inputs 2
Arinc 573/717 output 1
Arinc 591 output 1
QAR & DFDR interface 1
RSE 232 line 1 1
Synchro CVR output 1

* 2 outputs are dedicated to the MPC in the basic configuration

(System Bite and MPC Bite), and the other output is a space
provision linked to the DMU used (identified provision).

2.2.1.5.4. Connection and wiring

The MPC connectors shall be in accordance with ARINC 600 size 2
specification.
Connectors with fool-proofing mean shall be used in order to prevent
erroneous installation on the aircraft.

2.2.1.5.5. Input/output characteristics and protections

•All inputs and outputs shall be protected from any load short
circuits, and in case of inadvertent application of 28VDC, 115VAC or
ground on one or more pins of the unit :
- must no damage the printed circuit,
- must be limited to the inputs/outputs involved,
- as for as possible, must not destroy any component,
generally, it shall be considered that any input and any output, shall
be wired to another equipment in parallel.
Each equipment, either powered ON or powered OFF, shall not
disturb equipment wired in parallel.
•All inputs and outputs shall be protected against lightning strikes
and designed to meet electromagnetic compatibility requirements.

Analog inputs :
The MPC shall be able to acquire different types of analog inputs :

Page 23 sur 62
 Parameter Range/Type Accuracy
VLLDC type (±400mV) ± 0,6% of range
VLLDC type (0→400mV) ± 0,6% of range
HLDC type (±10V) ± 0,3% of range
HLDC type (0→10V) ± 0,3% of range
LLDC type (±5V) ± 0,4% of range
LLDC type (0→5V) ± 0,4% of range
HLDC type (0→32V) ± 0,3% of range
DCR type (0→20V) (ref 20V) ± 0,3% of range
DCR type (0→10V) (ref 10V) ± 0,3% of range
DCR type (0→10V) (ref 5V) ± 0,3% of range
DCR type (0→5V) (ref 20V) ± 0,5% of range
DCR type (0→5V) (ref 10V) ± 0,5% of range
DCR type (0→5V) (ref 5V) ± 0,5% of range
ACR type (26V/400Hz) ± 0,3% of range
SYNCHRO type (11,8V/400Hz) ± 0.1%
Temperature gauges 100ohms/°C ± 0.6%
Potentiometer ± 0.4%

The hardware of these different inputs shall be identical (standard

inputs). Each input shall be pin programmable by software following
the required characteristics of the input :
- input impedance shall be ≥ 250 KOhms,
- accuracy shall be better then ± 0,5%

Note :The synchros are supplied by 26VAC voltage reference. The

signal range is 11,8VRMS.
Note :For the analog inputs, boards shall be completely equipped
with circuitry and components for the totality of the inputs. The
type of the "spare" inputs shall be defined in accordance
between Purchaser and Supplier and shall be transmitted, to the
FDR, on the PCM frame with the rate and the number of bits
defined in AFDAU 542.0014/01 specification, when in a PCM
frame at 256 words/sec.

Discrete inputs:
The MPC shall be able to acquire 3 different discrete input types
- 50 shunt discrete inputs (open/ground)
- status 0 → Vin ≤ 3V (considered as a ground circuit),
- status 1 → Vin ≥ 7V (considered as an open circuit).
- 22 serie discrete inputs (open/28VDC)
- status 1 → Vin ≥ 7V (considered a 28V input),
- status 1 → Vin ≤ 3V (considered a an open circuit).
- 3 beacon markers inputs :
- status 0 → Vin ≤ 0,8VDC or 0,5 VRMS or open circuit,
- status 1 → Vin ≥ 3VDC or 2,5 VRMS.
The minimum AC waveform factor : 10%.
The maximum off duration time of the acquired parameter after
input de-activation is 1 second.
The frequency input range : 400H2 to 3000h2.
-
A diode shall be installed in line with each input.
The input impedance is > 100 KOhms.

Page 24 sur 62
 Discrete outputs :
The total number of discrete outputs is 5. These outputs are used for
different “fault / status” displays.
These discrete outputs shall be protected:
- against any load shortening,
- against lightning strikes.
A diode shall be installed in line with each output in the unit.
The types of discrete outputs shall be 28VDC / series / shunt circuit.
Note :For the discrete inputs and outputs, boards shall be completely
equipped with circuitry and components for the totality of the
inputs/outputs.
And except specific definition all the inputs/outputs in "spare" shall
be on the DFDR PCM frame output with a rate of 1pps, when
in a PCM frame at 256 words/sec.

Digital inputs : (see table 2.2.1.5.3)

The computer shall be able to receive :
- Arinc 429 high or low speed.
The acquisition system shall be designed in order to avoid any lost
message even if they are arriving simultaneously at the maximum
frequency. Each label used by the MPC shall pass a validity test,
on the data except for the discrete words, the refreshment
frequency, the SSM and the parity shall be also monitored.
- CSDB which are specific acquisitions, compatible with RS422
standard and with the Collin's specification (3 of these inputs shall
be hardwired on the electronic card,
- ASCB which is specific acquisitions, following the Honeywell
specification.
- Arinc 573/717 inputs.

Digital outputs : (see table 2.2.1.5.3)

The computer shall be able to transmit :
- Arinc 429 high speed or low speed,
- Arinc 573/717 output,
- Synchro CVR output,
- QAR & DFDR interface.
A short circuit on one output shall not affect any other outputs.

Sensor Power :
- different 5VDC/200mA outputs for potentiometer power,
- 28VDC output for accelerometer power.

Maintenance interface :
- RS 232C bi-directional interface with PTE (test connector).
(one for AFDAU part, one for DMU part)
Digital Interfaces
- ARINC 429 interface with ARINC 739 MCDU,
- ARINC 429 interface with ARINC 744 multi-printer,
- ARINC 429 interface with ARINC 724/724B ACARS,
- ARINC 429 interface with ARINC 615 ADL,
(one for AFDAU part, one for DMU part)

2.2.1.5.6. Circuit breaker characteristics

N.A.

2.2.1.5.7. Characteristics of signals

The characteristics of the various signals received by the unit shall be
given in :
- specific appendix linked to the different functions

Page 25 sur 62
 - AFDAU specification 542.0014/01
- Different FDAU standards PCM frames (V0, V1-, V2+)
- Spare definition for analog and discrete inputs.

2.2.1.6. PNEUMATIC INTERFACE

N.A.

2.2.2. ERGONOMICS ASPECTS

2.2.2.1. GENERAL
N.A.

2.2.3. BUILT-IN TEST EQUIPMENT (BITE)

The MPC shall perform permanent, periodic, power-up and maintenance tests :
- to guarantee the proper function of the MPC itself,
- to aid in trouble shooting of the system.
The computer shall store in a non-volatile device the failure of the system and shall transmit
those information to a test equipment.
The content of each test shall be defined by the supplier.
This test equipment shall be used for :
- bite and maintenance word information display (real time and history),
- real time display of system inputs/outputs (Arinc 717 inputs/outputs
analog/discrete/digital parameters),
- up/down loading.
The built in test results control the MPC status output.
The breakdown of maintenance word shall be described by the supplier.
The BITE data shall be presented on the DFDR PCM Frame. Moreover all detailed faults
shall be stored in non volatile memory and can be displayed by MCDU for DMU faults and
by PTE for AFDAU faults.

2.2.4. O.B.R.M (ON BOARD REPLACEABLE MODULE)

N.A.

2.2.5. DATA LOADING

2.2.5.1 GENERAL
The data loading shall be considered only as a possibility to change the MPC software.
When a software evolution shall be necessary, the airlines shall choose between using the
data loading or the installation of a new MPC already loaded with the correct software.

2.2.5.2 DATA LOADING METHODOLOGY

The MPC in its basic configuration shall have the capability to up load the computer
software, (and to download AIDS and maintenance data on the DMU part).
The data loading shall be achieved by mean of a PDL/ADL and the protocol is defined by
the ARINC 615. The data loading shall also be achieved by mean of a PCMCIA card.
This function shall be available on the front panel connector, as well as on the rear panel
connector.
The Supplier shall take caution to insure a correct data loading.
The data loading result shall be displayed on aircraft by a specific mean different of the tool
used for the data loading itself.
The data loading identification shall be made by replacement of the software data plate on
the MPC.

2.2.6. INTERCHANGEABILITY

Page 26 sur 62
 All units having the same supplier's part number shall be directly and fully interchangeable
with respect to the performance of the unit, and the aircraft installation, without the need for
any adjustment.

2.2.7. MIXABILITY

N.A.

2.2.8. NUMBER OF COMPONENTS

N.A.

2.2.9. LOCKING OF PARTS

N.A.

2.2.10. GROUNDING AND BONDING

Bonding shall be achieve by specific wire :

- case to mechanical pin resistance ≤ 30m O,
- front face to rear face resistance ≤ 25m O
- Insulation resistance >= 100Mohms under 50Vdc.
- Dielectric strengh : 500V/50Hz.

2.2.11. MISCELLANEOUS DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

N.A.

2.3. PERFORMANCE

2.3.1. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

N.A.

2.3.2. PERFORMANCE RELATIVE TO POWER CUTS

The unit shall comply with requirement of the note n° DOOS-322-4001C.

The supplier shall describe precisely the operation of the computer during the transient until
the recovery of the correct voltage :
• Transient shorter than 200ms :
- No effect on the operation of the computer.
• Longer interruption of power (>200ms) :
The MPC shall perform :
- A rapid initialization (less then 1 second),
- After initialization the PCM frame shall start at the next recognized SYNC word
received from the FDAU input, and the frame counter shall be reset.
The supplier shall specified the time at the end of which the computer operate normally
in both cases.

2.3.3. SYSTEMS RESPONSE TIME

N.A.

2.3.4. UNIT CAPACITY

Page 27 sur 62
 Purchaser and supplier responsibilities related to the basic and full capacities are described
in §11.1 "purchaser and supplier technical responsibilities".

2.3.4.1. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO DETERMINE THE BASIC UNIT

CAPACITY

N.A.

2.3.4.2. PURCHASER DEVELOPMENT SPARES

Purchaser development spares are required in addition to the "basic unit

capacity" :
• processing power :
CPU occupation → TBC by Sagem
• memory capacity :
- boot memory → TBC by Sagem,
- RAM memory → TBC by Sagem.
The MPC shall have the capability for all aircraft PCM Frame configurations
V0, V1-, V2+, FAR 121.344 combined with all aircraft models ATR 42 & 72,
including “STC” PCM Frame plus some spare capacity TBC by Sagem

2.3.4.3. PROCESSING POWER AND MEMORY CAPACITY

The supplier shall give the following estimates memory size and processing power
of the unit, detailing the parts dedicated to :
- the "basic definition",
- the "full provisions",
- the "system provisions",
- the "space provisions",
- the "supplier development spares",
- the "purchaser development spares".
Detailed description and justification to support the estimated shall be given by
the supplier in his proposal.

2.3.5. GROWTH CAPABILITY

The growth capability concerns the extra capacity : ACMS function.

2.4. MATERIALS AND PRODUCTION PROCESSES-CORROSION

2.4.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

N.A.

2.4.2. FLUIDS AND PRODUCTS USED ON AIRCRAFT

Where applicable, suitable protection shall be provided for the unit

MPC
Fuels Not applicable
Hydraulic fluid Not applicable
Oils Not applicable
Greases Not applicable
Lubricant Not applicable
Anti and de-icing agents Not applicable

Page 28 sur 62
 Cleaning agents Applicable
Drinks Not applicable
Water, Waste Not applicable

2.4.3. HYDRAULIC FLUID TEMPERATURE

N.A.

2.4.4. FIRE PROPAGATION

N.A.

2.4.5. FLAMMABILITY, SMOKE AND TOXIC GAS EMISSION

Components which emit smoke and toxic gases shall be avoided.

2.5. LOCATION AND ENVIRONMENT

2.5.1. LOCATION

The MPC shall be installed in pressurized area, in the electronic bay.

2.5.2. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

The unit shall operate under the environmental conditions defined hereafter, corresponding
to its location and its functions.
D0160C
Environmental Conditions
Chapter Category
Temperature - Altitude 4.0 B2
Temperature variation 5.0 B
Humidity 6.0 C
Water proofness 10.0 X
Explosion proofness 9.0 X
Vibrations 8.0 B’
shocks 7.0 X
Fluids susceptiblity 11.0 X
Sand & Dust 12.0 X
Contamination 13.0 F
Salt spray 14.0 X
Magnetic influence 15.0 A
Power input 16.0 Z
Voltage spike 17.0 A
Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility 18.0 Z
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 R
(Radiated and Conducted)
Emission of Radio 21.0 Z
Frequency energy
Lightning induced transient susceptibility : 22.0
- signal pins injection, A3
- power supply pins injection, A4
- cable bundle, C3
- shielded cable bundle. E3
Lightning direct effects 23.0 X
Icing 24.0
X
Document DOOS-322-4001C : Electrical power supply.

Page 29 sur 62
 2.5.3. HEAT DISSIPATION, VENTILATION, COOLING AND HEATING

2.5.3.1. HEAT DISSIPATION

The supplier shall take special precautions to solve the problem of the temperature
of the unit. He shall provide the temperature distribution inside the unit, in normal
operating conditions.
Heat dissipation shall be minimised.

2.5.3.2. VENTILATION - COOLING

The unit shall comply with Arinc 600 requirements.

2.6. OPERATIONAL DATA

For unit safety and reliability computation, the following data shall be used:
• average flight duration :
- fleet 52'
- highest 1h50'
- lowest 32'
• daily utilization :
- fleet 5H 26'
- highest 7h59'

2.7. INSTALLATION

The unit shall include a fool-proofing mean in order to prevent erroneous installation on the aircraft.

2.8. NOISE

N.A.

2.9. MASS

The center of gravity shall be indicated by the supplier in this proposal.

2.10. VOLUME

The MPC shall be an Arinc 600 3MCU standard casing.

The supplier shall provide an outline drawing.

2.11. PIN PROGRAMMING

The pin programming shall be used to identified all the possible difference in some particular
functions, and the options.

Page 30 sur 62
3. SAFETY - RELIABILITY - MAINTAINABILITY

3.1. SAFETY - RELIABILITY

3.1.1. DEFINITION OF TERMS

N.A.

3.1.2. SAFETY AND RELIABILITY OBJECTIVES

The supplier shall provide a failure mode and effect analysis.

The detailed safety analysis shall give detected and undetected failure rates per function.
As the perturbation of aircraft sensors or computers through MPC inputs shall be considered
having "Hazardous effects", the supplier shall demonstrate that this type of perturbation is
not possible.

3.1.3. SEGREGATION REQUIREMENTS

3.1.3.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENT

N.A.

3.1.3.2. PROTECTION AGAINST PHYSICAL DISTURBANCE ON INPUTS /

OUTPUTS DEDICATED TO ENGINES

Owing to the fact that the unit is a common point to all the engines installed on the
aircraft, special care shall be taken in order to comply with the engine isolation
certification requirement (JAR / FAR 25.903 b).
Consequently, the interface between the unit and engine dedicated signals shall be
designed with particular attention to the following points :
- Any electrical disturbance shall not propagate through the interface to
inputs/outputs dedicated to engines (electrical disturbance shall be understood
as any external disturbance entering the unit through any external wire
interfacing with it, or as any failure of the unit).
- External disturbance such as short circuit to ground, short circuit between
signals, inadvertent 28VDC / 5VAC /26VAC / 115VAC voltage, all disturbances on
power supply and on other wires (see environmental conditions) shall be
considered.
- Failures of the unit to be taken into account shall be determined by the supplier
and substantiated to the purchaser.
- There shall be no single failure of the unit affecting the isolation devices on
more than one engine.

3.1.3.3. CHANNELS SEGREGATION - DISSIMILARITY

N.A.

3.1.4. SAFETY TESTS

N.A.

3.1.5. FAILURE ANALYSIS

The supplier shall provide the following documents :

Page 31 sur 62
 - a FMEA (Failure Mode and Effects Analysis).
The FMEA's shall describe the precise component failure modes and their consequences on
the unit functions. In addition to the functions achieved by the hardware functional blocks
(such as power supply, inputs, processor, ...), the main operational functions of the unit have
to be considered.
This document shall be reviewed jointly by the purchaser and the supplier according the
review meetings of this specification.
A specific analysis document shall be made for the APM & Enhanced surveillance / ADS-B
functions.

3.1.5.1. FMEA

The FMEA's shall be in compliance with the following requirement :

- it shall give all necessary information to have a clear understanding of the
design of the unit, of its monitoring and safety devices with their fault detection
coverage, and of its various failure modes.

To reach this goal, the following information will be provided :

- a brief but concise description of the unit and its monitoring and failure
detection devices, supported by clear block-diagrams at an "intermediate"
complexity level situated between general block-diagrams and electronic card
assembly schematics. The description and the block-diagrams will highlight the
breakdown of the unit into functional blocks,
- an identification of the maid operational functions of the unit,
- a reminder of the software architecture,
- block-diagrams showing the correlation between the operational functions and
the hardware and software means used to provide these functions,

For each considered elementary failure, the FMEA shall give :

- the failure rate per hour, with the origin of the data and the chosen hypothesis
(e.g. : there is an assumption that 10% of the failures of this integrated circuit
can lead to the considered failure mode, for such reasons), plus the physical
conditions (temperature or others) for which the failure rate is given. The
source from which the reliability data is extracted (e.g. MIL HDBK 217) and
the physical environmental conditions for which the data is given shall be
precised in the FMEA introduction,
- the effect(s) on the unit block to which the component belongs, and the failure
detection means (if the failure cannot be detected, mention it),
- the effect on the operational function(s) of the unit.

The FMEA shall be organized in a legible and structured manner, so as to give

straightforward links with the FMES.

3.1.5.2 FMES

N.A.

3.1.6. HAZARD ANALYSIS

The supplier shall provide a hazard analysis : this document shall identify the hazards
resulting from the unit which their level and the conditions which could lead to it.
This document will be reviewed jointly by the purchaser and the supplier according to
§12.4. review meetings of this specification.
According to the effects on the aircraft identified by the purchaser, a complementary
analysis will be provided by the supplier.

3.1.7. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

N.A.

Page 32 sur 62
3.2. RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY

3.2.1. DEFINITION OF TERMS

The document applicable for definitions not included in this specification is the world
airlines technical operations glossary (WATOG).
•"Failure" and "removal" :
- a unit is considered to have "failed" when it no longer performs the functions for which
it is designed, with the specified performance,
- a failure is said to be confirmed if additional test confirm the failure of the unit. If more
than one failure is discovered within the removed unit it does not constitute another
failure,
- a failure is said to be unconfirmed if no component failures are detected and the unit
performs its function nominally,
- an intermediate case exists when the investigation is underway.
- "removal" is removal of a unit from the aircraft.
The following actions are not considered to be "removals" :
- removing a unit that has been used in conditions other than nominal conditions or that
been damaged during transport or installation,
- removing the unit to gain access to another item or equipment or for reasons
unconnected with the function performed by the unit,
- removing the unit to embody modifications (retrofit),
- crossing of units for trouble shooting purposes,
- reracking for any reason.
Removal is said to be justified if a failure of the unit is confirmed.
•MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures)
The MTBF is obtained by dividing the total number of flight hours logged by all units
over a certain period of time by the number of confirmed failures which affected all the
units during the same time.
•MTBUR (Mean Time Between Unscheduled Removals)
The MTBUR is obtained by dividing the total number of flight hours logged by all units
over a certain period of time by the number of removals (as defined here above) during
that same period.
•SERVICE LIFE
The service life of the unit is the time at which it is no longer physically or economically
feasible to repair or overhaul the unit to acceptable standards.

3.2.2. RELIABILITY

The supplier shall give and justify the guaranteed MTBF and MTBUR values for a
continuous operation of the unit at the following two ambient temperatures :
Calculation of MTBF shall be made according MILHDBK217.
The objective for the MTBF guaranteed value is 30000h.

3.2.3. SERVICE LIFE

Service life shall be → TBA.

Objective → no limitation (= aircraft service life).

3.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR SAFETY AND MAINTAINABILITY

Compliance with the above mentioned objectives shall be supported by the supplier's answers to the
following questionnaire :
- safety and maintainability quality check procedure (MQCP questionnaire).

Page 33 sur 62
 Reviews related to safety and maintainability are described in §12.4 review meetings.

3.4. DEFECT INVESTIGATION ON REJECTED UNIT

For any rejected unit, and at the request of the purchaser, the supplier shall produce an inspection
report using a form subject to agreement by the purchaser. This report will be used to inform the
purchaser of investigation on that unit.
The supplier shall detail in this report test means used to perform that investigation.

Page 34 sur 62
4. CERTIFICATION AND QUALIFICATION

4.1. DEFINITION OF TERMS

• Type certification :
Process to obtain approval by the Airworthiness Authorities that the aircraft with all its units
installed meets the applicable airworthiness requirements.

• Qualification :
Process to demonstrate to the Airworthiness Authorities that a unit complies with :
- the applicable regulations,
- it's specified performance,
- within its specified environment.
For digital units, software aspects of certification is part of the qualification for certification of the
unit. Qualification is part of Type Certification, the other parts being installation of the unit inside
the aircraft, system safety analysis, etc ... .

• Continuing Airworthiness :
Process to ensure that the level of airworthiness guaranteed by Type Certification is maintained
for each individual aircraft at the time of its entry into service (issuance of Certificate of
Airworthiness) and during all its service life. This process involves particularly the control of
aircraft/unit modification beyond the certificated/qualified type design and the corrective actions
needed to restore, if necessary, the appropriate level of airworthiness.

4.2. REGULATIONS AND CERTIFICATION CONSIDERATIONS

The system is certificated under the responsibility of the purchaser. The applicable airworthiness
requirements are defined in §1.5.3.5. Regulations.

Certification bases (FAR or JAR and additional requirements) can be subject to changes until
certification.
In particular, additional special conditions (which constitute a new regulation) or interpretative
materials (which define acceptable means of compliance to regulations) can be notified through CRIs
and issue papers by the airworthiness authorities to cover novel or unusual design features.
The rules to be applied are those notified at the time of the certification.

The supplier shall provide the purchaser with the necessary information at the right time in order to
show compliance with these requirements.

4.3. QUALIFICATION

4.3.1. GENERAL

The qualification of the units is under the responsibility of the supplier but has to be agreed
by the purchaser and the airworthiness authorities.

• Qualification to environment :

It shall be supported by the demonstration that the unit complies with §2.5. "Location
and Environment" environment requirements.

For this purpose, the supplier shall perform environment tests according to the
procedures defined in DO 160/ED 14, and taking into account the following
requirements :
- Tests shall be carried out with a representative software.

Page 35 sur 62
 - The test specimen shall be to production standard. All deviations of the test specimen
from the production standard shall be listed by the supplier, who shall submit to the
purchaser for approval a written statement evidencing the effects such deviations may
have on the test results.
- The reasons for defects which occurred during the tests shall be investigated and
recorded by the supplier. They shall be reported to the purchaser when the
qualification is delayed.
The following documents shall be provided to the purchaser for the unit :
- "Qualification to environment procedures" : it shall include detailed procedures used
for the tests. It shall include the test definition, part of DTS, performed on equipment
before and after each environment test.
- "Qualification to environment report" : result of the tests shall be recorded in this
document.

• Software aspect of certification :

It shall be supported by the demonstration that the software has been developed in
compliance with DO 178 guidelines.
DO 178 gives an overview of the software aspects of certification process.

4.3.2. UNIT CATEGORY AND CLASSIFICATION

The unit is classified class C (non-essential).

The qualification category is category 2.
The software level is C for AFDAU part and D for DMU part.(see definition in DO 178).

4.3.3. QUALIFICATION DOCUMENTS

The following documentation shall be provided by the supplier in English language :

• Declaration of Design and Performance (DDP) → it is the master document for the unit
qualification.
• Qualification to environment procedures and qualification to environment report.
• Software documentation as required by DO 178.
• Qualification summary, this document shall summarize :
- the characteristics of the unit relatives to environment, and engine segregation
feature,
- the procedures used to demonstrate compliance to the corresponding requirements,
- the results obtained,
- the identification of deviations to these requirements, if any.
• In addition, supporting documents or evidence of compliance shall be provided as
required by the certification authorities.

4.3.4. MINIMUM QUALIFICATION BEFORE DELIVERY OF THE FIRST UNIT

N.A.

4.3.5. QUALIFICATION BEFORE FIRST FLIGHT

N.A.

4.4. CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS

For any modification (i.e. any unit design evolution including software evolution, new industrial
processes or new components sources) beyond the qualification standards, and/or for any
modification to operational or maintenance limitations, the supplier has to obtain prior agreement
from the purchaser.

Page 36 sur 62
The supplier shall provide the purchaser with appropriate information on these modifications ; the
work for qualification of the modified unit (and/or modified instructions) shall be proposed by the
supplier and shall be submitted to the purchaser for approval. The supplier shall provide the purchaser
with corresponding justification data.
The supplier shall update the unit technical documentation accordingly. The revised qualification
documents shall be provided to the purchaser.

In the case of non-compliance with the above, the supplier would bear full liability of the
consequences of the modifications.

Page 37 sur 62
5. SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS

5.1. SOFTWARE QUALITY CLAUSES

During the development, the supplier shall provide to the purchaser evidence of software quality
clauses.
The software level shall be, as defined in §4.3.2, C.

Page 38 sur 62
6. HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS

6.1. DESIGN CAPABILITY EVALUATION OF SUPPLIER

The supplier shall give confidence in the proposal that he will be able to succeed in the technology
step proposed : previous experiences and results, validation or qualification of design and
manufacturing, development in progress, design standards, existing and future tests means.

6.2. DESIGN STANDARDS

The manufacturer shall have, for equipment design, design rules/standards before starting the
development and including as a minimum :
- detailed performance hardware definition,
- operation and performance simulation / prediction,
- verification of signals timing at worst case conditions,
- safety analysis part of the design (design repercussions),
- maintainability rules at design level,
- testability rules at design level,
- grounding connection and decoupling design rules for electronic boards,
- transients protection / EMC lightning protection,
- internal heat management (derating and overheating protection),
- circuits board implantation rules,
- interconnections rules,
- power and signal segregation rules,
- design technologies evolutions provisions (margins on max, ex : integration, frequency),
- equipment perennially and design impact,
- components derating rules for safety margins,
- component quality needs definition,
- mechanical rigidity,
- materials selection versus environment requirements, and protection technologies and safety,
- internal design reviews.

6.3. HARDWARE TESTABILITY COVERAGE

The testability shall be developed in parallel to the hardware design in order to obtain a maximum
coverage of the manufacturing tests versus defect risks (functions, performances, hardware
constituents).
The supplier shall calculate and justify the element non-covered.
The requirement minimum shall be 98% of coverage.

6.4. SELECTION OF ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY PROCESSES

6.4.1. TECHNOLOGY QUALIFICATION TESTS

The contractor shall define in his proposal for new/or complex components and assembly
technologies, the validation or qualification necessary to guarantee the safety reliability
requirements (depend of confidence level on result).
The validation shall cover :
• Components :
- selection rules (standard used, level, list),
- components derating rules,
- new components qualification tests (standard used, level),
- for ASICS qualification shall consider in addition to device qualification :
- design rules,
- testability coverage,
- functional modes conformity,

Page 39 sur 62
 - circuits libraries qualification,
- technology qualification procedure (utilization of Technology Characterization
Vehicle (TCV), Standard Evaluation Component (SEC), Parameter Monitoring
(PM).
• Technologies and processes :
- new assembly technology validation tests,
- new processes validation tests.

6.4.2. TECHNOLOGIES MODIFICATIONS AND REQUALIFICATION

After qualification, the technology modifications (or tools having impact on definitions)
shall be declared according to §9.2 change management, the validation tests results for
performances and reliability of modifications shall be submitted to the purchaser before
application.
After modifications the test specifications will be up-dated and submitted to the purchaser.

6.5. ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS SCREENING TESTS

The contractor shall define and justify the components quality assurance provisions and/or the
components screening tests specifications to detect the components potentially failing. This in order
to guarantee the safety reliability requirements of the unit.

The minimum recommended is dynamic burs-in tests for Asics, microprocessors, memories, hybrids,
power analog circuits.

6.6. SELECTION OF MATERIALS

N.A.

6.7. HARDWARE QUALITY CLAUSES

The supplier shall establish and maintain a quality assurance plan in compliance with the quality
requirements of the purchaser.
The equipment quality clauses applicable to the unit are defined in the document D-06.01.
The supplier shall provide the documents listed in the tables hereafter, corresponding to the category
of the unit, and in addition to these documents he shall provide the "design development plan"
including :
- configuration management plan,
- qualification plan for certification,
- component standardization method.

6.8. ASICS QUALITY CLAUSES

The quality clauses and the documentation applicable for ASICS are defined in quality documents
chapter1.5.2.2, and in AFDAU specification 542.0014/01 tables added in chapter 6.8 (complex
component).

Page 40 sur 62
7. MANUFACTURING AND TESTS

7.1. MANUFACTURING AND SCREENING

7.1.1. MANUFACTURING

The manufacturing and inspection flow-chart "Industrial production process flow-chart" shall
be compliant with D-74.01 document.
This flow chart shall be presented in tree structure form:
- Main equipment production phases from the subassemblies manufactured by the supplier or
procured to equipment shipment,
- Main subassemnbly production phases.
The supplier shall specify in this flow chart the manufacturing , inspection and test operations.
The supplier shall manage the configuration of this flow chart,the associated baselines and the
link between the flow chart and the manufacturing and inspection files.

7.1.2. SCREENING SPECIFICATION

• Purpose of screening
The purpose of the screening shall be to guarantee that the early life failure rate of the
equipment and spare parts will not exceed 1/MTBF theoretical value (failure rate constant
due to exponential failure distribution in electronic) and that the infant mortality failures
will be sufficiently reduced.
Screening operation are environmental stresses (within the limits of this specification)
applied on each item of equipment or sub-assembly in function with duration and
constraints sufficient to eliminate the infant mortality.
The supplier guarantees that before and after the screening the equipment operate correctly.

• Screening specification / justification

The supplier shall define and justify the screening conditions to apply at each unit as part of
manufacturing tests.
The conditions shall be determined by an efficiency analysis of conditions (temperature,
time , cycles, power, signals, mechanical, ...) submitted to review by the purchaser.

7.2. MANUFACTURING TEST

7.2.1. MANUFACTURING DETAILED TEST SPECIFICATION (DTS)

• Purpose of the DTS

The purpose of the DTS is to define the requirements for all production tests and
inspections to perform on each unit (LRU) and on sub-assembly (SRU), for approval before
delivery of item of equipment.
The tests strategy and specification for the complete item and the sub-assemblies (SRU,
components, ...) necessary along production of item to deliver an item of equipment meeting
the requirements are in DTS.

7.2.2. ACCEPTANCE TEST SPECIFICATION (ATS)

The ATS is part of DTS and specify the requirements for the acceptance tests of complete unit
(see below).

7.2.2.1. ATS DEFINITION

The purpose of the acceptance test is to guarantee that the item of equipment meets
the contractual technical specification and its definition dossier.
The acceptance tests address the tests of the hardware part of the item of equipment
and the identification of embedded software configuration.

Page 41 sur 62
 The aircraft system functions associated with the software are considered to be
qualified by software design qualification (as per DO178) and the functional tests
performed for design validation.
The acceptance test specification (ATS) defines the requirements for all tests and
inspections to be performed on each complete item of equipment (LRU) to authorized
the release to the purchaser.
The ATS includes the location of defects detected by test at SRU (Shop Replaceable
Unit) level.
Sub assembly of unit (item of equipment) replaceable without tool ... (e.g. boards,
connectors, functional modules, ...).

7.2.2.2. ACCEPTANCE TEST AND TEST COVERAGE ANALYSIS APPROVAL

The ATS and test coverage analysis results shall be submitted to the purchaser for
approval.
Revision → The methodology of ATS revision shall be submitted to the purchaser for
approval.
→ Each ATS revision shall be submitted to the purchaser for approval.

7.2.2.3. TEST COVERAGE REQUIREMENTS

The objective of the ATS is to test 100% of the hardware of an item of equipment.

If the hardware of the item of equipment cannot be tested 100%, the ATS shall give
acceptable confidence that the item of equipment meets its requirements. In this case
the supplier shall demonstrate the following elements :
- coverage of 100% of the hardware functions of the complete item (e.g. : power
supply, Arinc data inputs, analogic data input),
- minimum weighted test coverage 92%,
- minimum identification of defect at SRU level 80%

In addition the supplier shall provide the identification of components and hardware
functions not covered by the tests.
The LRU acceptance test duration shall be minimised.
The supplier shall propose a test duration which shall be submitted to the purchaser
for approval.
The supplier shall indicated the intrinsic minimum test duration part due to the item
of equipment itself and the part due to the test tool.
For each testability objective not reached, justifications shall be given to the
purchaser.

• Test coverage analysis demonstration

The test coverage analysis method shall be delivered to the purchaser for review.
The coverage analysis results shall be submitted to the purchaser for approval.
These elements shall be part of the acceptance criteria for design reviews
(Preliminary Design Review and Critical Design Review) : see Design Review
definitions.

- Definition of test coverage ratio (C) → the testing coverage is the ratio (C) of :
= number of components tested
divided by :
= total number of existing components.
Note → for each multifunction component such as Asic :
- at the numerator the figure to be used will be (% of functions used
which are covered by the test),
- at the denominator the figure is 1.
- Definition of weighted testing coverage :
To obtain a weighted testing coverage, in the above ratio :
- numerator = sum (LAMDAi * Ci) :

Page 42 sur 62
 . lamdai = failure rate of component i,
. Ci = % of component functions tested,
. Ci value is between 0 and 1,
. i = 1 to with n = components tested.
- denominator :
. sum (LAMDAi),
. i = 1 to t with t = total number of components.

• Acceptable means of compliance

Hardware detailed functional breakdown definition.

Identification of detailed hardware functions tested and not-tested.
Identification of components tested and not-tested.
Note → A component is considered to be tested if all the hardware functions
in which it participates are tested.
Calculation of test coverage ratio (C).
When necessary, calculation of weighted test coverage.

7.2.2.4. MINIMUM ATS CONTENT

The ATS shall comprise at least the following items :

- visual inspection,
- physical characteristics,
- hardware functions of the complete item of equipment (LRU),
- means of identification of embedded software configuration,
- the presence of lightning protection devices,
- hardware performance.:
. the specified performances of the item of equipment,
. the worst case switching conditions,
. the worst case input / output stimuli conditions,
. the worst case power supply characteristics (e.g. min or max),
. Arinc interfaces,
. input / output insulation,
. grounding.
- identification of hardware not covered by the test,
- identification of defect at SRU level.

For each test selected the ATS shall describe :

- the acceptance criteria,
- the test conditions (input stimuli, output),
- the test sequences,
- the hardware tested,
- the parameters tested or checked,
- the digital interaction protocols,
- the output tolerances,
- key parameters to be followed by SPC if applicable (Statistical Process Control),
- the outline drawing of specific interfaces, if any,
- identification of necessary special test equipment.

• Form of the ATS :

The ATS shall be a self-explanatory document and written in clear language in
English (ATLAS is not considered as a clear language).
The ATS shall be built up per function tested, stimulus applied and type of
measurement (analog, discrete, digital signals) in order to facilitate failure
investigation.
The unit part number and the ATR ATR code number shall be indicated in this
document.
The planning of the various ATS documentation delivery (acceptance tests
specification, tests coverage analysis demonstration, maintenance test
specification, are specified in the contract.

Page 43 sur 62
 Note → the supplier shall maintain at the purchaser's disposal the complete
documentation related to the manufacture of his own acceptance test
benches : devices used, specific circuit board drawing, complete
documentation of the specific programs or micro-programs (with code)
developed by the supplier for testing.
This documentation shall be sent, on request, to the purchaser.

7.2.3. ATLAS TEST SPECIFICATION

N.A.

7.2.4. MAINTENANCE TEST SPECIFICATION (MTS)

• Purpose :
The purpose of the MTS is to define the requirements for all the tests and inspections to be
performed for the maintenance of the item of equipment (LRU).
• MTS requirement :
The maintenance test specification shall be identical to the acceptance test specification.

7.2.5. ACCEPTANCE TEST DOCUMENTATION DELIVERY

The planning of the various test documentation delivery are specified in the contract
(acceptance test specification and its test coverage analysis demonstration, maintenance test
specification).

Specific appendix to the contract can precise, if necessary, the particular documentation needed
for automatic test equipment program realization.

Page 44 sur 62
8. QUALITY ASSURANCE

8.1. GENERAL

The supplier shall establish and maintain a quality assurance system in compliance with the quality
requirements of the purchaser mentioned in the directive D-74.01. This quality assurance system shall
allow the purchaser to evaluate through an Industrial Process Control Evaluation (see the document
M.011) the quality of the unit development process and to verify, by appropriate test means, that the
quality of serial production units is maintained.

This system must be described in a quality assurance plan, a copy of which shall be provided in the
supplier's proposal.

8.2. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS THROUGHOUT THE LIFE CYCLE

For each item of equipment, quality assurance is based on establishment by the supplier of qualify
assurance provisions throughout the life cycle of the equipment.

These quality assurance provisions shall allow the purchaser to evaluate the quality of the unit
development (design and industrialization) and to verify that the quality of the serial production units
will be assured.

Page 45 sur 62
9. CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT

9.1. IDENTIFICATION

The identification and nameplates of the units shall be permanent and legible.
In addition, the country origin of the units shall be indicated on the identification plate with the mention →
"Made In ..".

The position of the identification marking shall be submitted to the purchaser for approval, and shall be
shown on the outline drawing.

Designation of the unit is "MPC".

The units shall have only 2 plates attached (identification and amendment). The ATR code shall be stated in
accordance with the contract.

This identification shall include hardware and resident software standard identification.
The external marking of the product shall be performed in accordance with the directive D-75.03.

9.2. CHANGE MANAGEMENT

The supplier shall comply with the standard methods used by the purchaser for modification
procedure :
- as described hereafter for practical detailed aspects.

9.2.1. MODIFICATION WITH SPECIFICATION EVOLUTION (DCR, DCI/EMS)

The specification evolution is initiated by the "DCR" (Design Change Request) issued by
the purchaser, which indicates :
- the reason for the modification,
- the new requirement.

• A DCR is a technical request, to allow contractual evaluation (possible cost and lead-
time repercussions).
• In this technical reply, the supplier shall indicate the nature of the solution provided and
the incidence on :
- weight, volume, reliability, power consumption,
- all provisions,
- purchaser and supplier's development spares.
• After contractual agreement, a DCR becomes a full part of the specification.
• When the purchaser has decided to embody the DCR's, these DCR's are grouped together
into a DCI (Design Change Instruction) or an equivalent document which defines a new
unit standard and which is issued by the purchaser.
• DCRs can be issued by the purchaser on the recommendation of the supplier who has
suggested desirable evolutions and/or corrections to the specification.

9.2.2. MODIFICATIONS OF THE UNIT TO SATISFY THE TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION

When a unit has to be modified to comply with the technical specification because of
anomalies, there shall be neither contractual repercussions, nor corresponding DCRs.

Anomalies discovered at the purchaser's premises are notified to the supplier through EPR
(Equipment Problem Report). All solutions shall be described to the purchaser.

Page 46 sur 62
 If these solutions have an impact on specified objectives (MTBF, weight, power
consumption, installation, qualification tests, ...), the purchaser's agreement has to be
obtained before the correction is made.

These corrections can be proposed either by the supplier himself, or by the purchaser. A
particular procedure shall be jointly agreed for this problem/correction follow-up.
The correction shall be described by the supplier on a SDR (System Defect Report) and
submitted to the purchaser for approval.

The EMS shall reflect these modification.

The same rules shall apply for a modification proposed by the supplier in an area for which
he is responsible.

9.2.3. OTHER MODIFICATIONS

Any suggested definition change, shall be stated by the supplier and submitted to the
purchaser for agreement in written form. The information shall be sufficient to enable the
purchaser to make a decision.

The decision as to the classification as a unit modification, or as a unit amendment, will be

made by the purchaser after a proposal by the supplier.

When a modification is agreed by the purchaser, an EMS is issued.

9.2.4. SOFTWARE CHANGE IMPLEMENTATION

For software change implementation, the supplier shall use a procedure to allow the
modified unit to be made available quickly in Toulouse, with the corresponding
documentation respecting the specified software quality clauses.
As an objective, the supplier should have a tool in Toulouse for updating software (using a
data link for software transmission and an emulator to implement the change) and validating
the implementation of the change (supplier's test bench).

In his reply the supplier shall propose a software change implementation method.

9.2.5. CHANGE DOCUMENTATION

For each new unit standard (Hardware or software change) initiated during development and
after aircraft certification, the supplier shall provide the purchaser with a document
describing the changes : system change report.

This document shall describe all the changes (including supplier's changes). The changes
shall be identified by comparison with the L0, L1, L2, and L3 standards as defined in §14.1
delivery standards for development phases.

The description of changes shall include the reason for the changes, the process affected,
identification of the corresponding DCR, EPR and supplier's changes, and, if any, the effect
of the changes on the functions interfacing with the aircraft.
The document shall also describe the limitations (EPR not corrected, anomalies identified
by the supplier and not corrected).

In addition, for each standard identified in §14.1 delivery standards for development phases,
and each certification standard, the document shall precise :
- RAM, ROM and EEPROM memories capacities (available, used, margins),
- timing margins.

Page 47 sur 62
The document shall be provided for each new standard no later than the unit delivery during
development, and before change initiation after certificate. It shall be appended to the
software configuration index document (refer to DO 178 for description of this document).

Page 48 sur 62
10. METHOD AND TOOLS

N.A.

Page 49 sur 62
11. TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITIES ORGANIZATION

11.1. PURCHASER AND SUPPLIER TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITIES

General responsibilities are defined in the contracts, the general conditions of purchase. In addition,
the following applies.

11.1.1. GENERAL

The supplier shall ask the purchaser for any additional information required for making the
unit comply with this technical specification if it is not provided in this technical
specification.

As an "expert", the supplier shall draw the purchaser's attention to any deficiencies or
omissions that he feels exist within the specified requirements.

If requested by the purchaser, the supplier shall provide the purchaser with the elements of
the manufacturing drawings (including blanks), production processes, component or
material specifications required for solving any technical problem that might occur.

For any significant unit modification in relationship with the definition indicated in the
supplier technical proposal, the supplier shall inform the purchaser and obtain his agreement
in a timely manner to keep the program schedule.

On the supplier's side, all technical matters shall be coordinated by an appointed program
management engineer.

11.1.2. PROVISIONS AND DEVELOPMENT SPARES RESPONSIBILITIES

When provisions and development spares are concerned, the following applies :
- the definition of the basic unit capacity (see §2.3.4 unit capacity) is the supplier's
responsibility,
- the definition of the purchaser development spares (see §2.3.4. unit capacity) is the
purchaser's responsibility,
- any change in the purchaser's development spares shall be brought to the purchaser's
knowledge and be submitted to him for approval.

11.1.3. SOFTWARE RESPONSIBILITY

11.1.3.1. SUPPLIER RESPONSIBILITIES

The supplier is responsible for the following activities :

- the supplier is responsible for the software level as regards the airworthiness
authorities,
- from the purchaser's equipment technical specification and associated
documents (as defined in §1.1 purpose) the supplier is in charge of software
planning, software development, verification, configuration management,
quality assurance, documentation and all related activities, in accordance with
DO 178 and software quality clauses,
- the supplier shall set up all necessary tools to achieve the software
development,
- the supplier shall qualify any tool requiring it as defined in DO 178.

11.1.3.2. PURCHASER RESPONSIBILITIES

The purchaser is responsible for the following tasks :

Page 50 sur 62
 - the purchaser defines the critically class of the unit,
- the purchaser defines the software critically level in agreement with the
airworthiness authorities.

11.2. DEVELOPMENT PHASES

The following development phases shall be considered for the program :

• The design phase up to delivery of the first unit by supplier. This phase includes elementary
phases at the supplier's, according to the development cycle defined by him (for example :
planning, requirement development, design, tests ...).
• The "mise au point" phase which includes :
- preliminary supplier's laboratory tests → their purpose is to validate hardware characteristics
and system architecture,
- ground tests, they consist in validation of the units on aircraft on ground tests,
- flight tests.

The "mise au point" phase ends with the qualification of the unit which fully meets this technical
specification and DCRs (see § 9.2. change management) existing at the type certification date.

11.3. ORGANIZATION - INTEGRATED TEAMS

N.A.

Page 51 sur 62
12. PROJECT MANAGEMENT

12.1. PROGRESS MEETINGS

Progress meetings shall be planned, in accordance between purchaser and supplier, during all the
development phases between the purchaser and the supplier's teams.
The purpose of these meetings is to make a status report of all the processes of development
(specification, evolution, deliveries, ...), to plan necessary technical meetings and to plan DCRs
implementation. Detailed technical discussions shall be avoided during progress meetings. these shall
take place in specific technical meetings.
The list of participants shall be established by the purchaser. Results of these meetings shall be
recorder in reports including list of actions, due dates and corresponding holders. The reports shall be
established by the purchaser and co-signed by the supplier.

12.2. TECHNICAL MEETINGS

Specific technical meetings shall take place, on the purchaser request, in order to discuss in details
specific technical points between the purchaser and the supplier.
Results of these meetings shall be recorded in reports.

12.3. MANAGEMENT MEETINGS

These meetings shall be planned periodically in accordance between purchaser and supplier, during
the development phases between the purchaser and the supplier program managers. They shall deal
with all the equipment supplied. The purpose of these meetings is to make a status report of main
development points and to decide on actions to be taken in order to solve major problems.
Meeting reports shall be established by the purchaser.

12.4. REVIEW MEETINGS

The purpose of the review meetings shall be to materialize the passing of the development steps, and
to state if all the works and documents foreseen for these reviews have been performed and are
acceptable.

At the beginning of the program : the purpose is mainly to have a presentation of the unit supplier's
teams, methods, means and plans, check their adequacy towards the objectives to be achieved and
point out the potential difficulties.

Formal review meetings shall be organized by the supplier and conducted by the purchaser. They
shall be planned according to the purchaser's agenda.

Prior to each review, documents produced by the supplier during the elementary phase shall be
delivered to the purchaser 2 weeks before the review meeting in order to prepare the review, the
detailed agenda of the review shall be mutually agreed.

Result of the reviews shall be recorded in reports. Conclusions and actions with due dates shall be co-
signed by the supplier and the purchaser.

Each review group shall include participants or specialists not involved directly in unit's
responsibility and may be constituted of sub-review groups by speciality. This review(s) group(s)
shall express recommendations to the unit's responsible.

Page 52 sur 62
For each review a synthesis meeting (review board) shall be held between the responsible after the
review group(s) meeting(s), and shall state if all the works and documents foreseen for these review
have been performed and are acceptable.
The responsibility of the purchaser is engaged only with the documents he approves.

The minimum reviews to be held shall be as the following. Should the objectives hereafter defined
not be met, additional reviews would be planned during the development.

The data to be examined in review shall be based on the detailed checklist here after §12.4.2. to
12.4.6. The exact elements to review shall be defined by the review agenda and based on the
contractual "unit data/document".

12.4.1. REVIEWS LIST

N.A.

12.4.2. PLANS REVIEW (PR)

PR synthesis meeting (PR board) → the PR synthesis meeting at equipment level shall be
performed after examination in review group(s) of the following minimum elements :
• PR equipment elements
- Design Development and qualification Planning Review (DDPR) with technical
options selected and keys dates of those to be selected,
- Asics Quality Assurance Plan Review (AQAPR),
participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.
• PR software elements
- Planning Process Review (PPR). According to the need for the tools qualification (see
DO 178), the following review shall be planned (eventually for each tool) :
- Tool Development Planning Review (TDPR),
participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.
• PR safety and maintainability elements
Included in DDPR.
• PR quality assurance elements
- examination of Quality Assurance Plan (QAPR),
- examination of organization specific to the product life cycle,
- presentation of the manufacturing process control elements to be define and reviewed
before CDR.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.

12.4.3. PRELIMINARY DESIGN REVIEW (PDR)

• Purpose of PDR
Validate that the equipment definition and the supplier equipment specifications, will
satisfy the technical requirement specification from the aircraft manufacturer.
The main lines of the equipment design, the test programs of the equipment supplier and
the selected technological options shall be identified. The new technologies to be
validated shall be identified and presented with a risk analysis.

PDR synthesis meeting (PDR board)

The PDR synthesis meeting at equipment level shall be performed after examination in
review group(s) of the following minimum elements :
• PDR elements
for each PDR element :
- examination of actions defined in previous review (PR),
- examination of evolutions from previous reviews (PR).

• PDR equipment design elements (Equipment Preliminary Design Review EPDR) :

- equipment specification (supplier),
- hardware architecture and hardware performances of the unit,

Page 53 sur 62
 - hardware/software sharing and hardware/software interfaces,
- input/output design,
- EMI and lightning protection,
- compliance with segregation requirements,
- transient protections,
- hardware involved in fault detection and monitoring,
- heat dissipation,
- equipment design standards and tools (see §2.4),
- equipment test strategy justification,
- equipment testability coverage definition,
- equipment preliminary detailed test specification,
- component quality needs definitions : temperature range, quality assurance,
screening, ....
- needs for new component qualifications,
- Asics preliminary technical requirement specification,
- Asics qualification procedure,
- needs for new material qualifications,
- needs for new technology validations,
- needs for new assembly process validations,
- needs for manufacturing and inspection documents,
- needs for mean and tool validations,
- analysis of qualification for certification planning and identification of critical path.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.
• PDR software elements
- Software Requirement Review (SRR)
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.
• PDR safety elements (Safety Preliminary Design Review SPDR)
- preliminary architecture analysis with respect to objectives and applicable rules,
- planned design precautions,
- monitoring design (hardware and software wise) and tests definition,
- safety tests definition,
- FMEA plan and method for compiling the FMES.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.
• PDR maintainability elements (Maintainability Preliminary Design Review MPDR)
- bite definition and rules application,
- failure warning classification.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.
• PDR quality assurance elements
- examination of evolutions of quality assurance plan.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.

12.4.4. CRITICAL DESIGN REVIEW (CDR)

• Purpose of CDR
Validate the detailed design of the equipment and the industrial realization and supply
the necessary justification.

CDR synthesis meeting (CDR board)

The CDR synthesis meeting at equipment level shall be performed after examination in
review group(s) of the following minimum elements :
• CDR elements
For each CDR element :
- examination of actions defined in previous review (PDR),
- examination of evolutions from previous review (PDR),
- consolidated elements of PDR.
• CDR equipment elements (Equipment Critical Design Review ECDR)
- equipment design description documents (part of Definition Dossier DD),
- results of verification/simulation of operation and performances at worst case
conditions,

Page 54 sur 62
 - first equipment prototype presentation,
- manufacturing process and inspections detailed flow-chart,
- equipment screening requirements,
- Detailed Test Specification (DTS) all along the process,
- equipment tests coverage justifications including test strategy,
- analysis and validation of stress on components in equipment,
- component screening list,
- new component qualification summary results,
- Asics technical specification,
- Asics FMEA,
- Asics testability,
- Asics qualification results,
- new technology qualification summary results,
- new material qualification summary results,
- new assembly process validation summary results,
- program and procedure of equipment qualification to environment,
- analysis of qualification for certification planning and identification of critical path,
- preliminary results on equipment qualification to environment related to risks
analysis.
Note →above justifications may be summarized in a "Definition Justification Dossier"
(DJD).
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.
• CDR software elements
- Software Critical Design Review (SW-CDR)
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.
• CDR safety elements Safety Critical Design Review (SCDR)
- architecture analysis,
- preliminary FMEA/FMES to check the main failure modes assessment,
- hazard analysis,
- list of failures detected by safety tests (including power on tests),
- demonstration of safety tests execution.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.
• CDR maintainability elements (Maintainability Critical Design Review MCDR)
- bite design (hard and soft) for interfaces, maintenance messages, indications for
different classes, cockpit effect,
- description of monitoring and fault coverage.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR ATR.
• CDR quality assurance elements
- examination of evolutions of quality assurance plan,
- evaluation of manufacturing process control including :
- processes risks analysis and key characteristics definition and monitoring,
- tests and inspections all along the process,
- new technologies,
- examination of knowledge, training and respect of QAP,
- examination of manufacturing and inspection dossier that will be finalized at
FFAR.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR.

12.4.5. LABORATORY UNIT ACCEPTANCE (LUA)

Purpose of LUA :

Validate that the equipment produced for ATR integration laboratory tests (standard L1,
laboratory and ground tests standard see §14.1 delivery standards for development phases),
satisfy the specified functions and that the Delivered software has been developed according
to the methodology agreed at the plan review.
Pronounce on the acceptation of the requirement at L1 standard.
This meeting shall be planned just before delivery to the purchaser of the L1 standard.

• LUA equipment elements

Page 55 sur 62
 - manufacturing acceptance tests results (results of L1 ATP),
- functional test results, these tests shall be run on the supplier's benches. For this
purpose a functional tests document shall be written by the supplier and submitted to
the purchaser's approval prior to the meeting.
This document shall include :
- description of the supplier bench used to run the tests,
- detailed description of the test procedures with test conditions (e.g. unit
configuration and inputs applied) and results expected and obtained.
The supplier shall run tests before the meeting and inform the purchaser about the
results.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR.
• LUA software elements
- First Delivery Review (FDR), according to the need for the tools qualification (see
DO 178), the following review shall be planned (eventually for each tool),
- Tool Acceptance Review (TAR).
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR.

12.4.6. FIRST FLIGHT ARTICLE REVIEW (FFAR)

• Purpose of FFAR
Validate that the equipment intended for first flight has been produced on industrial
processes and means defined and validated at CDR, and satisfy the industrial dossier
(definition, manufacturing, inspections, tests).
Pronounce on the acceptation of equipment first flight standard (L2 see §14.1 delivery
standards for development phases).

FFAR synthesis meeting (FFAR board)

The FFAR synthesis meeting at equipment level shall be performed after examination in
review group(s) of following minimum elements :
• FFAR elements
For each FFAR element :
- examination of actions defined in previous review (CDR),
- examination of evolutions from previous review (CDR),
- take into account ATR laboratory test results and aircraft ground tests results.
• FFAR equipment elements (Equipment First Flight Article Review EFFAR)
- manufacturing acceptance test results (ATP), for first flight standard (L2),
- functional test results for L2 (see LUA),
- equipment manufacturing and inspection dossiers,
- equipment screening results,
- manufacturing detailed test results,
- equipment manufacturing test coverage demonstration,
- analysis of qualification for certification planning and identification of critical patch,
- main results of equipment qualification to environment.
→ criteria's :
- consequence on design,
- risk of immediate dysfunctionning on flight,
- consequence on manufacturing process and tests strategy.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR.
• FFAR software elements
- Software First Flight Review (FFR)
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR.
• FFAR safety elements (Final Safety Review FSR)
- Final review of FMEA/FMES on serial units.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR.
• FFAR maintainability element (Final Maintainability Review FMR)
- bite description document,
- laboratory test report on L2 (messages management and results).
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR.
• FFAR quality assurance elements

Page 56 sur 62
 - examination of evolutions of quality assurance plan.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR.

12.4.7. CERTIFICATION FIRST ARTICLE REVIEW (CFAR)

• Purpose of CFCAR
Validate that the elements necessary to pass successfully the certification are met.

CFAR synthesis meeting (CFAR board)

The CFAR synthesis meeting at equipment level shall be performed after examination in
review group(s) of the following minimum elements:
• CFAR elements
For each CFAR element :
- examination of actions defined in previous review (FFAR),
- examination of evolutions from previous review (FFAR),
- consolidation of elements of FFAR,
- take into account laboratory test results and aircraft flight-tests results.
• Equipment (Equipment Certification First Article Review ECFAR)
- final results of equipment qualification to environment,
- manufacturing acceptance test results (ATP), for certification standard (L3-see §14.1
delivery standards for development phases),
- functional test results for L3 (see LUA),
- DDP.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR.
• Software elements
- Compliance Review Certification (CRC).
According to the need for the tool qualification (see DO 178), the following reviews
shall be planned (eventually for each tool) :
- Compliance Review for in House Tool Qualification (CRHQ),
- Compliance Review for Commercial Tool Qualification (CRCQ).
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR.
• CFAR quality assurance elements
- examination of evolutions of quality assurance plan.
Participants : supplier responsible and teams - ATR.

12.5. PERFORMANCES ASSESSMENT

N.A.

12.6. AUDITS

During the “development” phase, an audit shall be performed by the purchaser in accordance with the
document M011, before the delivery of the first items to the final assembly line. During the
“production” phase, audits are not planned, but shall be initiated by the purchaser according to the
events.
The purpose of audits is to determine whether the supplier's activity, methodology and results comply
with the supplier's previous definition and allow the objectives to be achieved.
Audits shall be conducted by the purchaser's auditors with the participation of the supplier's project
teams.

An audit could consist of :

- reply to a questionnaire,
- interviews,
- demonstrations,
- others.
Minutes of the audits will be written by the purchaser.

In addition, see the software quality clauses of software audits

Page 57 sur 62
13. STORAGE AND HANDLING

N.A.

Page 58 sur 62
14. SUPPLYING

14.1. DELIVERY STANDARD FOR DEVELOPMENT PHASES

The following delivery standards are identified for the development phase :
- L1 first prototype for flight tests, software level “C” ATR 72 configuration and basic level “D”
functions (G-Meter, QAR, DAR and MCDU visualisation)
- L2 second prototype for flight tests, software level “C” for ATR 72 configuration & level “D” for
all configurations without FDEP function
- L3 . third prototype for flight tests software level “C & D” for all aircraft configurations, with
FDEP function.
- L4 for certification

• L1 → 1st prototype "Red Label" for laboratory, ground and flight tests with sotware level “C” in
ATR 72 configuration and basic level “D” functions (G-Meter, QAR, DAR and MCDU
visualisation)

This L1 standard shall be used for flight test in airline, for this, the standard shall be covered by an
“intermediate certification” regarding DO178 requirements.
Minimum tests shall be done, and a statement regarding these tests shall be provided by the
supplier to the purchaser associated to an intermediate DDP, to demonstrate the navigability of the
equipment regarding DO160 & DO178.

• L2 → 2nd prototype "Red Label" for ground and flight tests

The software implemented shall consist of :
- L1 + corrected anomalies (if any),
- DCRs implementation (if any),
- Adjustement following ground and flight test results (if necessary),
- Software level “D” for all aircraft configurations without integrated FDEP function

• L3 → 3rd prototype “Red label” for ground and flight tests

The software implemented shall consist of:
- L2 + corrected anomalies (if any),
- DCR’s implementation (if any),
- Adjustement following ground and flight test results (if necessary), - Software level “C”
for all aircraft configurations.
- Software level “D” complete (with integrated FDEP function).

• L4 → certification standard
This standard shall be delivered to purchaser in order to perform certification flights and to
delivered to the first customer.
the software implemented shall be complete and without anomalies. This standard shall include all
agreed DCRs. (The list of DCR shall be submitted to the purchaser of approval).

14.2. TECHNICAL DATA / DOCUMENTATION

14.2.1. GENERAL

All documents and drawing shall be clearly identified with unambiguous reference numbers,
issue, date ... . Modifications towards the previous issue of the document shall be clearly
indicated. All documents shall be continuously kept up to date, according to specification
changes and/or equipment definition evolutions, and sent to the purchaser.

The documents shall be written in English language when required.

The supplier shall use international system units (kg, ampere, volt, Newton, seconds, watt,
meter, Celcius). His own system units shall be mentioned, if necessary, between brackets.

Page 59 sur 62
14.2.2. SUPPLIER'S TECHNICAL PROPOSAL

14.2.2.1. CONTENTS
The supplier shall quote in his proposal :
- the different configurations described in §2.2.2 System Architecture,
- the alternative solutions (if any proposed by supplier),
- ...
The supplier's technical proposal shall included the following data :
- An outline drawing which shall comprise :
- all the views required for showing the overall dimensions,
- all the interface dimensions or standards,
- the labels and marking on the unit,
- the space required to remove all the LRU's,
- the wiring diagram.

The purchaser may update the space envelope and interface drawing which is part
of the contractual specification accordingly. He may use any interface information
included in the outline drawing.
This outline drawing shall be kept fully representative of the interface between the
unit and the aircraft during the development phase, but no modification can be
made to it unless agreed by the purchaser.
After the purchaser's approval, the updated outline drawing will be included in the
acceptance test procedure.
- A full-scale section drawing including all the views required for understanding
the construction and operation of the unit.
- A description of the unit including the schematic diagram required for
understanding its operation and the features of the main components, a
description of the technology to be used ; the justification of the maturity of the
manufacturing techniques.
- A performance assessment showing that the proposed design fulfils the
performance requirements.
- The basic unit capacity, purchaser development spares and growth capability as
required by §2.3 Unit Capacity and § Growth Capability and the Relevant
Substantiation.
- The schemes describing the solution to the segregation requirement (see
§3.1.3.2 Protection against physical disturbance on inputs/outputs dedicated to
engines).
- The unit failure to be taken into account when this segregation is concerned,
and the relevant substantiation.
- The description of the possible alternative designs, that might be proposed and
their quantified advantage in terms of weight, cost ... .
- A detailed weight breakdown.
- A part list giving the materials and treatments.
- A preliminary failure analysis (FMEA as described in §3.1.5.2 FMEA).
- The reliability prediction data.
- The maintainability data sheet.
- A qualification to environment plan giving the list of the tests proposed, the
number of units and test rigs required, the test laboratories involved.
- The quality assurance manual.
- A development plan.
- The answers to the software quality clauses as listed in §5.1 software quality
clauses.
- The description of the tools he intends to use for the software development, test
and configuration management.
- The data mentioned as To Be Answered (TBA) in this technical specification
and the relevant substantiation :
- power consumption,

Page 60 sur 62
 - documents used for environment tests defined in addition to DO 160,
- heat dissipation,
- noise,
- MTBF and MTBUR,
- service life,
- fatigue life,
- qualification program.

14.2.2.2. REQUIRED PROPOSAL PLAN AND FORM

The supplier is required to use exactly the same plan in his proposal as this
technical specification plan. If this is not possible, the supplier shall draw up a
table of cross-references between the § of his proposal and this technical
specification.

The technical proposal shall be written in English language. Exceptionally,

answers in French may be authorized on request from the supplier. If this request
is accepted, the supplier must promise to send the purchaser en English translation
of his proposal within 15 days should the purchaser so request.

14.2.3. EQUIPMENT DOCUMENTS

The supplier shall provide the documents listed here after, and agreed between purchaser
and supplier.

SRD System Specification

OID Outline and Interconnection Drawings
PSAC Plan for Software Aspects of Qualification
SWDP Software Development Plan including Software Quality Assurance Plan
SVP Software Verification Plan
SWRD Software Specifications
SDD Design of software
ETP Engineering Test Procedures for MPC software
ETR Engineering Test Results for MPC software
CID Configuration Index for MPC software
SWAS Description of tasks performed throughout the MPC software development
ATP Acceptance Test Procedures
CMM Component Maintenance Manual
QTP Qualification Test Procedures
QTR Qualification Test Reports
DDP Declaration of Design and Performances

DDP Intermediate certification

DO178 Intermediate certification
Statement

14.2.4. SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION

The supplier shall provide the necessary documents two weeks before the relevant software review
according to the software quality clauses.

Page 61 sur 62
15. DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE

Preliminary Specification 12/2003

Preliminary Specification Review 03/2004
Specification Delivery 26/04/04
Final Specification Review 06/05/04
Preliminary Design Review (software level “C” for ATR 72) 30/06/04
Laboratory Unit Acceptance Review (L1) 30/09/04
Preliminary Design Review (software level “C” for ATR 72 + level “D”) 30/10/04
Intermediate certification review Nov. 04
Laboratory Unit Acceptance Review (L2 without FDEP function) 28/02/05
Laboratory Unit Acceptance Review (L2 complete version) 30/03/05
Laboratory Unit Acceptance Review (L3) 30/04/05
Documentation delivery 30/05/05
Certification First Flight Article Review (L4) 30/05/05

Note: Progress Meetings, Technical Meetings, Review Meetings shall be planed in accordance between
purchaser and supplier during all the development phase in order to make a status report of all the
processes of development, to discuss specific technical points, to solve eventual problems.

Page 62 sur 62
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01

ATR 42 / 72

AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE MONITORING

(APM)

SPECIFICATION

REFERENCE: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01 22/04/2004

SYSTEM: RECORDING SYSTEM – AIRCRAFT MONITORING SYSTEM

EQUIPMENT: MULTI-PURPOSE COMPUTER (MPC)

COMPILED BY: P. BERTHELOT APPROVED BY: G. PETIT

P. LADAGNOUS

AUTHORIZED BY: C. ORSI

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 1 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01

CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................... 3

2. SPECIFICATION..................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.1. APM PRINCIPLE................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.2. APM ELECTRIC INPUT / OUTPUT INTERFACE........................................................................................................ 3
2.3. ATR MODELS ...................................................................................................................................................... 4
2.4. REQUIRED PARAMETERS ...................................................................................................................................... 4
2.5. ASCB DATA FAILURE .......................................................................................................................................... 4
2.6. ENGINE FAILURE AND/OR PROPELLER NP INDICATOR FAILURE ........................................................................... 4
2.7. OTHER PARAMETERS ........................................................................................................................................... 5
2.8. TAKE OFF WEIGHT ROTATOR................................................................................................................................ 5
2.9. TAKE OFF WEIGHT COMPUTATION AND VALIDATION ........................................................................................... 5
2.10. FUEL FLOW AND WEIGHT INTEGRATION ........................................................................................................... 5
2.11. ATMOSPHERIC AND SPEED PARAMETERS ......................................................................................................... 7
2.12. MINIMUM OPERATIONAL SPEEDS ..................................................................................................................... 8
2.13. THEORETICAL CRUISE SPEED ........................................................................................................................... 8
2.14. TRACTION COMPUTATION ................................................................................................................................ 9
2.14.1. Thrust coefficient for ATR42-300 and ATR42-320 (14SF propeller) ....................................................... 10
2.14.2. Thrust coefficient for ATR72-200 (14SF propeller).................................................................................. 11
2.14.3. Thrust coefficient for ATR72-210 (247F propeller).................................................................................. 12
2.14.4. Thrust coefficient for ATR42-400, ATR42-500 and ATR72-500 (568F propeller) ................................... 13
2.15. AERODYNAMIC COMPUTATION ...................................................................................................................... 14
2.16. SMOOTHING AND ALARM ALGORITHM ........................................................................................................... 16
2.16.1. Cruise phase ............................................................................................................................................. 16
2.16.1.1. First level and “Degraded performance” alarm message ...................................................................................16
2.16.1.2. Second level and “Cruise Speed Low” alarm message......................................................................................16
2.16.2. Climb and descent phases......................................................................................................................... 17
2.16.3. APM output levels and messages .............................................................................................................. 17
2.16.4. Logical diagram........................................................................................................................................ 18
3. VALIDATION ........................................................................................................................................................ 19
3.1. APM VALIDATION BEFORE FLIGHT TESTS .......................................................................................................... 19
3.2. APM VALIDATION DURING FLIGHT TESTS IN ATR AND SELECTED AIRLINE....................................................... 20
4. ANNEX 1 – TAKE OFF WEIGHT COMPUTATION ....................................................................................... 21
4.1. TOWD PRINCIPLE ............................................................................................................................................. 21
4.2. WG DETERMINATION (FLAPS 15°) ..................................................................................................................... 21
4.2.1. Parameters................................................................................................................................................ 21
4.2.2. Wg calculation (Ground Method .............................................................................................................. 22
4.3. FREE AIR METHOD (FLAPS 0°) .......................................................................................................................... 22
4.3.1. Parameters................................................................................................................................................ 22
4.3.2. Wa calculation (Free Air method) ............................................................................................................ 23
4.4. LOGICAL DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................................................ 24
4.4.1. Qualifying WC determination ................................................................................................................... 24
4.4.2. TOW to be used in the APMU process...................................................................................................... 24

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 2 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01

1. Introduction
This document provides the specification of the mathematical model for the performance computations of the
APM (Aircraft Performance Monitoring) for each ATR model.
The aim of the APM is to monitor the aircraft drags in icing conditions in order to alert the crew of a risk of
severe icing conditions. The speed in cruise will be also monitored to alert the crew of an abnormal speed
decrease in icing conditions. The APM will check also that the MSIS (Minimum Severe Icing Speed) is
respected.

2. Specification
2.1. APM principle

The APM analysis is conducted if the aircraft is in icing conditions, that is to say if the ICING AOA is
illuminated and/or if the airframe de-icing is selected on and/or if ice accretion has been detected.

The APM analysis principle is to compare the aircraft theoretical drag with an “in-flight drag” computed
with measured parameters available in the FDAU (Flight Data Acquisition Unit), and on ASCB bus.

Measured parameters used by the APM are acquired each second and are smoothed over a rolling
average of 30 seconds to limit noise and error measurements. Then, the drag is calculated over a rolling
average of 60 seconds. This means that the drag analysis alert would start after at least 90 seconds of
parameter acquisition.

The drag analysis starts as soon as the aircraft entered in icing conditions with landing gears and flaps
retracted during climb, cruise and descent. The APM analysis will only be done with both engines
operating.

A cruise speed monitoring will also be conducted by comparing the measured IAS to a theoretical
maximum cruise IASth in minimum time mode with both engines at max cruise power.

Different alarm messages would be delivered to the crew depending on the drag difference between
computed drag and theoretical drag or on the speed difference between measured IAS and theoretical
IASth.

The alarm messages will not be delivered if the static air temperature is above 5 Celsius degree.

2.2. APM electric input / output interface

The APM electric input / output interface is made of:

• one ASCB bus input
• one PCM FDAU input
• four discrete inputs for weight rotator positions
• one discrete output for alarm message : “level 1”
• one discrete output for alarm message : “level 2”
• one discrete output for APM fault
• one discrete input for testing the alarm indicators. When the value is set to 1 then “levels 1 and
2” outputs are directly set to 1 without any computations.
• one input ARINC429 for entering drag values, landing gear position or flaps positions during
flight tests
• one discrete input to validate the ARINC429 input. When the value is set to 1 then the
ARINC429 input must be used.

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 3 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.3. ATR models

The following 7 models shall be recognised by the APM: ATR42-300, ATR42-320, ATR42-400, ATR42-
500, ATR72-200, ATR72-210 and ATR72-500.

2.4. Required parameters

The following table provides required measured parameters and their expected units in the following
formulae.

Parameters Units Parameters Units

Zp (pressure altitude) ASCB ft Landing gear position Extended/ Retracted (1/0)
-1
IAS (Indicated air speed) ASCB ms NP1 (left propeller rotation speed) (%)
-2
Jz (vertical acceleration) ms NP2 (right propeller rotation (%)
speed)
-2
Jx (longitudinal acceleration) ms TQ1 (left propeller torque) (%)
Left angle of attack degree TQ2 (right propeller torque) (%)
Right angle of attack degree De-icing on/off (1/0)
Pitch degree Anti-icing on/off (1/0)
Roll degree Ice detector on/off (1/0)
SAT (static air temperature) ASCB K Auto pilot ASCB engaged/disengaged (1/0)
Flaps position degree Altitude capture mode ASCB engaged/disengaged (1/0)

2.5. ASCB data failure

Indicated Airspeed data:

Indicated Airspeed is currently available from two different sources, ADC 1 & 2.
• Any IAS data out of [0:300kt] range is considered invalid,
• If the result of average between 1 & 2 is lower than10 kt + IAS AVG/32 then, ADC 1 will be used.
• If the result of average between 1 & 2 exceeds 10 kt + IAS AVG/32 during more than 30
seconds, then a APM Fault shall be triggered.
• If one ADC is invalid, then other ADC will be used

Pressure Altitude:
Pressure Altitude parameter is currently available from two different sources, ADC 1 & 2.
• Any altitude data out of [-5000ft:30000ft] range is considered invalid,
• If the result of comparison between 1 & 2 is lower than 100ft, ADC1 will be used.
• If the result of comparison between 1 & 2 exceeds 100ft during more than 30 seconds, then a
APM Fault shall be triggered.
• If one ADC is invalid, then other ADC will be used

SAT:
SAT parameter is currently available from two different sources, ADC 1 & 2.
• If the result of comparison between 1 & 2 is lower than 5°C, ADC1 will be used.
• If the result of comparison between 1 & 2 exceeds 5°C during more than 30 seconds, then a
APM Fault shall be trigger
• If one ADC is invalid, then other ADC will be used

2.6. Engine failure and/or Propeller NP indicator failure

The APM shall be declared “Fault” if one engine is failed. The following conditions will be used to detect
an engine failure:
• NP1<70% and TQ1<10%
• NP2<70% and TQ2<10%

If one propeller NP indicator is failed, the APM must use the other indicator value:
That is to say:
• If NP1<70% and NP2>70% and TQ2-10%<TQ1<TQ2+10% then NP1=NP2
Or:
• If NP2<70% and NP1>70% and TQ1-10%<TQ2<TQ1+10% then NP2=NP1

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 4 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01

If both NP1 and NP2 are lower than 70% the APM shall be declared “Fault”.

2.7. Other parameters

In order to test and validate the APM during the in-flight test phase, it must be possible during flight tests
to simulate a drag increase:
• By entering a drag increase value in the APM
• By inhibiting the flaps and landing gear positions parameters in the APM algorithm
The process to enter this data in the APM is described in details in chapters (2.2 and 3.2).

2.8. Take off weight rotator

To determine the aircraft theoretical and “in-flight” performances the aircraft weight must be known.
As the weight is not available as measured, the crew must enter the take off weight value in the system
with a twelve-position rotator.
Flight analyses have shown that the weight influence is not predominant and it could be sufficient to
known weight with a precision of 500 kg.
On the ground just before the flight and as soon as the crew has computed the take off weight on the load
sheet, the crew must select the corresponding weight by moving the rotator. Even if the weight is the
same as for the precedent flight, the crew must move and move back the rotator to tell the APM that the
weight has been selected. This must be done before the take off otherwise the weight indicated by the
rotator positions will be ignored by the APM. In this case the APM will use its internal computed weight.
The weight selected by the crew shall be saved in the DAR. If the crew has not selected the weight a null
value shall be saved in the DAR.
The following chart provides the weight associated to each rotator positions for all ATR models.

Rotator Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
ATR Model (unit)
42 (ton) 12 13 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5
72 (ton) 15 16 17 18 19 19.5 20 20.5 21 21.5 22 22.5
72 (1000 lb) 33.1 35.3 37.5 39.7 41.9 43 44.1 45.2 46.3 47.4 48.5 49.6
42 (1000 lb) 26.5 28.7 30.9 32 33.1 34.2 35.3 36.4 37.5 38.6 39.7 40.8

2.9. Take off weight computation and validation

To valid the take off weight entered by the crew with the rotator, the APM shall perform a take off weight
computation at the beginning of the flight. As this computation is done during the first minutes of the flight
and before the APM starts the drag analysis, its specification has been separated from the main APM
specification and is provided in Annex 1.

2.10. Fuel flow and weight integration

To compute drag, instantaneous weight must be known.

-1
The total fuel flow depends of the engine type and its rating. It may vary from 1000 kg h in climb to 400
-1
kg h in cruise depending of altitude, speed and ATR models.
However, assuming that climbs are always performed around 170 kt and cruises at maximum speed the
total fuel flow could be computed with the following table depending of altitude.

Total Fuel 42-300 42-500 72-200 72-500

Flow 42-320 72-210
-1
Kg h 42-400
<1500 ft 725 1000 975 1025
<5000 ft 700 950 925 1000
<10000 ft 675 875 850 875
<15000 ft 600 800 750 775
<20000 ft 525 725 625 675
<25000 ft 450 600 525 575

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 5 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01

The APM will calculate at each second the instantaneous aircraft weight from the beginning of climb up to
the landing.
Intermediate values will be interpolated.

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 6 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.11. Atmospheric and speed parameters

The following formulae must be used to compute atmospheric and speed parameters.

Tstd : Standard temperature in K

Tstd = To − α × Zp × 0.3048 with To = standard temperature at sea level = 288.15 K
α = temperature gradient in the troposphere = 0.0065 K m
-1

and Zp = measured pressure altitude in ft

-2
P : Static pressure in Pa or N m

( )
g
Tstd R ×α
P = Po × with g = acceleration due to gravity = 9.80665 m s
-2

To
-2
Po = pressure at sea level in ISA = 101325 N m
-1 -1
and R = gas constant for air = 287.053 N m kg K

∆ISA : ISA temperature deviation in K

∆Isa = SAT − Tstd with SAT = measured static air temperature in K

Zg : Geometric altitude in ft

∆Isa  Tstd 
Zg = Zp − × ln 
α  To 

ρ : Density of air in kg m
-3

P
ρ=
R × SAT

M : Mach number
γ −1

( )
γ
 Po  2
γ −1
  γ

M = 5×  P ×  1 + 0.2 × γ ×CAS
R × To
− 1 + 1
 
−1
   
with CAS = measured Calibrated Air Speed in ms and γ = ratio of air specific heat capacities = 1.4
-1

( )
γ −1
P  γ
 γ
CAS = γ × R × To × 5 × × (1 + 0.2 × M )
2 γ −1
− 1 + 1 −1
Po 
or


-1
TAS = True Air speed in ms

TAS = a × M with a = speed of sound in ms-1 = γ × R × SAT

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 7 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.12. Minimum operational speeds

Minimum operational speeds are determined with coefficient margins applied to minimum stall speeds for
normal, icing and severe icing conditions. Stall speeds are computed with CZmax and the following
formulae.

W×g
Mstall = W = estimated weight in kg
0.7 × P × S × CZ max

( )
γ −1
Po  γ
 γ
Vstall = γ × R × To × 5 × × (1 + 0.2 × Mstall 2 )γ −1 − 1 + 1 −1 in m s
-1

P  

3600
MIS = Minimum Icing Speed in kt = Kicing × Vstall ×
1852

MSIS = Minimum Severe Icing Speed in kt = MIS + 10 kt

The following table provides CZmax and Kicing with flaps and landing gear retracted for each ATR model in
icing conditions.

ATR42-300 ATR42-500 ATR72-200 ATR72-500

ATR42-320 ATR42-400 ATR72-210
CZmax 1.72 1.67 1.562 1.622
Kicing 1.45 1.45 1.43 1.40

2.13. Theoretical cruise speed

In cruise, the theoretical IASth speed is normally the speed obtained with max cruise power and cruise NP
for both operating engines. Normally, to determine this speed complicated iterative process must be
used. However, a sufficient approximate value of this speed could be obtained with the following second-
degree polynomial involving temperature ISA deviation (∆ISA in °c), pressure altitude (Zp in ft) and weight
(W in kg).

IASth = a 0 + a1 × W + a 2 × W 2 + a 3 × ∆ISA + a 4 × W × ∆ISA + a 5 × ∆ISA2 + a 6 × Zp + a 7 × Zp × W + a 8 × Zp × DISA + a 9 × Zp 2

IASth ATR42-300 ATR42-320 ATR42-400 ATR42-500 ATR72-200 ATR72-210 ATR72-500

(kt)
a0 169 180.33 167.53 188.65 164.55 151.48 164.32
a1 8.61443 8.25184 9.20602 5.65323 7.87803 8.11572 7.31338
a2 -0.213313 -0.20766 -0.228705 -0.122378 -0.141587 -0.14411 -0.133501
a3 -0.668422 -0.56763 -0.309217 -0.812025 -0.551685 -0.329468 -0.467927
a4 -0.053133 -0.052186 -0.063235 -0.024586 -0.03195 -0.036822 -0.032678
a5 -0.004824 -0.004547 -0.00552 -0.005057 -0.007739 -0.00733 -0.006865
a6 0.22073 0.127114 0.17017 0.426492 0.331147 0.431459 0.370672
a7 -0.02277 -0.0209149 -0.024309 -0.016039 -0.021887 -0.022262 -0.020733
a8 0.001481 0.0010253 0.00048 0.00155 0.001473 0.000679 0.000943
a9 -0.000745 -0.000519 -0.000516 -0.001472 -0.000996 -0.001189 -0.001117

The computed IASth must be limited to 250 kt for all ATR models.

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 8 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.14. Traction computation

The following formulae must be used to compute traction for each engine/propeller.

Traction = FNeng + FNprop

As the maximum power SHPmax of each ATR engine model is obtained for an indicated torque of 100%
and an indicated propeller rotation speed of 100%, the adapted power SHP could be determined during
flight with the following formulae.

SHP : Shaft horsepower

SHP max
SHP = TQ × N × with TQ = indicated torque in %
100 × 1200
N : Propeller rotational speed (RPM)
N = 12 × NP with NP = indicated propeller rotational speed in %
The following table provides the maximum SHPmax for each ATR engine model.

ATR model 42-300 42-320 42-400 42-500 72-200 72-210 72-500

Engine PW120 PW121 PW121A PW127E PW124 PW127 PW127F
SHPmax 2000 2100 2100 2400 2400 2750 2750

The engine thrust parameter FNeng is function of TAS and SHP parameters. The following table provides
FNeng in Newton versus SHP for discrete values of TAS. It is valid for all ATR engine models.

TAS
-1 -1 -1
0 ms 64 ms 128 ms
SHP FNeng SHP FNeng SHP FNeng
0 0 0 -50 0 -170
1000 700 1200 430 1400 250
2200 1150 2200 780 2200 540

The Propeller traction FNprop in newton is function of thrust coefficient CT.

ρ
4 2
D  N 
FNprop = 6610 ×   ×   × FB × CT × × 4.4482 With ρo = 1.225 kg m
-3

 10   1000  ρo

D : Propeller installed diameter = 13 ft FB : Flaps effect on thrust coefficient CT

ATR model 42-300 42-400

42-320 42-500
72-200 72-210
72-500
FB 0.985 1

Thrust coefficient CT is a function of power coefficient CP and advance ratio J. It depends on the ATR
aircraft model and is defined in the RCTCPJ tables which provide CT versus CP for discrete values of J.

ρo
SHP ×
ρ TAS
CP = 3 5
J=
 N  D N
2000 ×   ×  × D × 0.3048
 1000   10  60

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 9 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.14.1. Thrust coefficient for ATR42-300 and ATR42-320 (14SF propeller)

The following RCTCPJ tables must be used to compute thrust coefficient CT.

J
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
0.03 0.035 0.031 0.005 0.027 0.013 0.01 -0.03 -0.01 -0.095
0.042 0.075 0.04 0.06 0.029 0.035 0.045 0.065 0.02 -0.01
0.05 0.105 0.043 0.08 0.065 0.115 0.095 0.115 0.092 0.095
0.09 0.175 0.08 0.158 0.121 0.173 0.17 0.19 0.17 0.16
0.135 0.23 0.13 0.22 0.192 0.234 0.255 0.255 0.26 0.225
0.216 0.246 0.207 0.255 0.268 0.27 0.34 0.3 0.328 0.27
0.29 0.246 0.278 0.265 0.349 0.28 0.415 0.312 0.41 0.305
0.355 0.245 0.352 0.264 0.418 0.281 0.51 0.325 0.51 0.325
0.42 0.24 0.42 0.255 0.505 0.281 0.616 0.33 0.625 0.34
0.495 0.24 0.5 0.255 0.604 0.29 0.85 0.33 0.87 0.34
0.575 0.24 0.59 0.255 0.82 0.29 0.8501 0.27 0.88 0.29
0.75 0.23 0.78 0.25 0.8201 0.25
0.7501 0.2 0.7801 0.23

J
1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
-0.045 -0.165 -0.1 -0.2 -0.15 -0.268 -0.195 -0.255 -0.245 -0.308
-0.025 -0.1 -0.06 -0.12 -0.13 -0.2 -0.15 -0.168 -0.22 -0.225
0.04 0.01 -0.03 0 -0.07 -0.105 -0.05 -0.068 -0.135 -0.133
0.13 0.11 0.15 0.11 0.064 0.035 0.137 0.075 0.022 -0.01
0.215 0.172 0.272 0.189 0.218 0.135 0.31 0.173 0.23 0.114
0.305 0.23 0.386 0.254 0.36 0.215 0.47 0.245 0.42 0.208
0.4 0.285 0.508 0.305 0.495 0.275 0.62 0.295 0.6 0.27
0.51 0.32 0.632 0.33 0.63 0.315 0.97 0.37 1 0.36
0.63 0.34 0.92 0.36 0.95 0.37 1.02 0.355 1.05 0.37
0.89 0.35 0.95 0.32 0.98 0.34
0.91 0.305

J
2.4 3 3.6 7
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
-0.44 -0.39 -0.685 -0.59 -0.959 -0.8 -2.4 -1.85
-0.38 -0.29 -0.643 -0.47 -0.958 -0.65 -2.35 -1.6
-0.25 -0.19 -0.5 -0.35 -0.8 -0.51 -2.05 -1.3
-0.09 -0.085 -0.4 -0.25 -0.6 -0.38 -1.71 -1.08
0.2 0.061 -0.335 -0.17 -0.45 -0.25 -1.37 -0.86
0.525 0.21 0.19 0.015 0 -0.095 -0.6 -0.35
1.1 0.35 1.2 0.31 1.3 0.27 3 0.31
1.5 0.4 1.9 0.43 2.2 0.45

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 10 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.14.2. Thrust coefficient for ATR72-200 (14SF propeller)

The following RCTCPJ tables must be used to compute thrust coefficient CT.

J
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
0.02 0.035 0.031 0.005 0.027 0.013 0.01 -0.03 -0.01 -0.08
0.03 0.075 0.04 0.06 0.029 0.035 0.045 0.065 0.02 0.005
0.05 0.105 0.043 0.08 0.065 0.115 0.095 0.115 0.092 0.095
0.09 0.175 0.08 0.158 0.121 0.173 0.17 0.19 0.17 0.165
0.135 0.235 0.13 0.22 0.192 0.234 0.255 0.255 0.26 0.225
0.216 0.25 0.207 0.255 0.268 0.27 0.34 0.3 0.328 0.27
0.29 0.25 0.278 0.265 0.349 0.28 0.415 0.312 0.41 0.305
0.355 0.245 0.352 0.264 0.418 0.281 0.51 0.325 0.51 0.325
0.42 0.24 0.42 0.255 0.505 0.281 0.616 0.33 0.625 0.33
0.495 0.24 0.5 0.255 0.604 0.29 0.85 0.33 0.87 0.34
0.575 0.24 0.59 0.255 0.82 0.29 0.8501 0.27 0.88 0.29
0.75 0.23 0.78 0.25 0.8201 0.25
0.7501 0.2 0.7801 0.23

J
1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
-0.045 -0.165 -0.1 -0.2 -0.15 -0.268 -0.195 -0.255 -0.245 -0.308
-0.025 -0.085 -0.06 -0.115 -0.13 -0.2 -0.15 -0.168 -0.22 -0.225
0.04 0.03 0.03 0.01 -0.07 -0.105 -0.05 -0.068 -0.135 -0.133
0.13 0.11 0.15 0.113 0.064 0.035 0.137 0.075 0.022 -0.01
0.215 0.172 0.272 0.185 0.218 0.135 0.31 0.168 0.23 0.118
0.305 0.22 0.386 0.243 0.36 0.215 0.47 0.239 0.42 0.198
0.4 0.27 0.508 0.277 0.495 0.275 0.62 0.285 0.6 0.265
0.51 0.295 0.632 0.31 0.63 0.3 0.97 0.37 1 0.36
0.63 0.32 0.92 0.36 0.95 0.37 1.02 0.355 1.05 0.37
0.89 0.35 0.95 0.32 0.98 0.34
0.91 0.305

J
2.4 3 3.6 7
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
-0.44 -0.39 -0.685 -0.59 -0.959 -0.8 -2.4 -1.85
-0.38 -0.29 -0.643 -0.47 -0.958 -0.65 -2.35 -1.6
-0.25 -0.19 -0.5 -0.35 -0.8 -0.51 -2.05 -1.3
-0.09 -0.085 -0.4 -0.25 -0.6 -0.38 -1.71 -1.08
0.2 0.075 -0.335 -0.17 -0.45 -0.25 -1.37 -0.86
0.525 0.193 0.19 0.015 0 -0.095 -0.6 -0.35
1.1 0.35 1.2 0.31 1.3 0.27 3 0.31
1.5 0.4 1.9 0.43 2.2 0.45

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 11 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.14.3. Thrust coefficient for ATR72-210 (247F propeller)

The following RCTCPJ tables must be used to compute thrust coefficient CT.

J
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
0.018 0.032 0.018 0.001 0.02 0 0.015 -0.09 -0.01 -0.09
0.033 0.09 0.032 0.06 0.05 0.07 0.022 0 0.016 0.003
0.06 0.15 0.064 0.13 0.102 0.147 0.07 0.08 0.102 0.098
0.117 0.226 0.118 0.201 0.168 0.221 0.143 0.165 0.198 0.185
0.168 0.25 0.182 0.262 0.245 0.278 0.226 0.24 0.304 0.26
0.256 0.286 0.258 0.298 0.335 0.308 0.323 0.295 0.416 0.302
0.323 0.288 0.336 0.296 0.415 0.302 0.414 0.308 0.533 0.29
0.394 0.28 0.404 0.292 0.485 0.292 0.521 0.289 0.65 0.297
0.455 0.265 0.493 0.288 0.589 0.305 0.628 0.288 0.766 0.284
0.516 0.27 0.582 0.286 0.693 0.278 0.736 0.266 1 0.276
0.578 0.254 0.672 0.265 0.9 0.242 0.95 0.242
0.7 0.242 0.85 0.242

J
1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
-0.03 -0.12 -0.11 -0.25 -0.15 -0.23 -0.19 -0.32 -0.24 -0.44
0.006 -0.01 -0.1 -0.13 -0.03 -0.1 -0.12 -0.18 -0.18 -0.29
0.14 0.115 0.035 0.007 0.108 0.064 0 -0.02 -0.1 -0.12
0.264 0.21 0.203 0.15 0.286 0.172 0.196 0.109 0.08 0.031
0.398 0.277 0.353 0.235 0.459 0.26 0.397 0.213 0.326 0.16
0.528 0.31 0.5 0.305 0.632 0.332 0.598 0.3 0.57 0.257
0.659 0.321 0.65 0.319 0.804 0.325 0.798 0.337 0.813 0.342
0.789 0.31 0.8 0.313 1.15 0.334 1.2 0.345 1.3 0.368
1.05 0.311 1.1 0.322

J
2.4 3 5 10 20
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
-0.3 -0.64 -0.45 -0.73 -2 -0.9 -8 -3.72 -20 -11.2
-0.29 -0.5 -0.42 -0.58 -1.6 -0.59 -6.4 -2.79 -18 -5.95
-0.25 -0.35 -0.37 -0.42 0.7 0.058 -3.2 -1.28 -7.5 -3.06
-0.2 -0.19 -0.28 -0.25 2.25 0.489 1.9 0 14 -1.02
-0.05 -0.04 -0.12 -0.06 3.77 0.49 8.1 0.46
0.344 0.128 0.39 0.127
0.706 0.257 2 0.441
1.393 0.368
1.683 0.403
1.9 0.403

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 12 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.14.4. Thrust coefficient for ATR42-400, ATR42-500 and ATR72-500 (568F propeller)

The following RCTCPJ tables must be used to compute thrust coefficient CT.

J
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
0.02 0.0531 0.0231 0.0209 0.02 -0.008 0.013 -0.08 -0.0065 -0.085
0.033 0.097 0.029 0.06 0.037 0.05 0.02 -0.01 0.0125 -0.01
0.054 0.144 0.052 0.108 0.081 0.128 0.049 0.06 0.075 0.074
0.097 0.202 0.1 0.179 0.148 0.202 0.119 0.144 0.167 0.16
0.155 0.26 0.16 0.246 0.225 0.266 0.205 0.223 0.275 0.24
0.217 0.276 0.227 0.278 0.289 0.29 0.303 0.29 0.39 0.29
0.285 0.29 0.271 0.29 0.34 0.29 0.361 0.29 0.445 0.29
0.365 0.29 0.338 0.29 0.414 0.29 0.423 0.29 0.515 0.29
0.405 0.29 0.402 0.29 0.468 0.28 0.495 0.29 0.591 0.29
0.49 0.27 0.474 0.28 0.546 0.26 0.562 0.28 0.6535 0.265
0.58 0.26 0.562 0.26 0.618 0.235 0.626 0.245 0.716 0.24
0.635 0.235 0.626 0.235 0.69 0.21 0.69 0.21 0.72 0.24
0.69 0.21 0.69 0.21 0.7 0.21 0.7 0.21
0.7 0.21 0.7 0.21

J
1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
-0.046 -0.17 -0.093 -0.265 -0.14 -0.364 -0.19 -0.35 -0.27 -0.433
-0.035 -0.09 -0.0865 -0.185 -0.138 -0.27 -0.167 -0.26 -0.245 -0.31
0.018 0 -0.045 -0.085 -0.103 -0.17 -0.105 -0.155 -0.199 -0.22
0.1 0.086 0.026 0 -0.045 -0.065 -0.01 -0.045 -0.092 -0.11
0.225 0.178 0.149 0.106 0.062 0.034 0.125 0.066 0.01 -0.01
0.399 0.26 0.3 0.201 0.218 0.134 0.33 0.174 0.235 0.115
0.514 0.31 0.465 0.29 0.4 0.232 0.575 0.302 0.485 0.23
0.578 0.3 0.6 0.31 0.612 0.318 0.797 0.342 0.798 0.338
0.647 0.29 0.665 0.29 0.689 0.3 0.8775 0.32 0.904 0.324
0.7145 0.28 0.75 0.285 0.7905 0.295 0.958 0.3 1.01 0.32
0.782 0.27 0.835 0.28 0.892 0.29 0.97 0.3 1.1 0.32
0.79 0.27 0.85 0.28 0.9 0.29

J
2.4 3 5 10 20
CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT CP CT
-0.41 -0.675 -0.72 -0.676 -2 -1 -8 -4 -20 -12
-0.39 -0.56 -0.65 -0.565 -1.5 -0.65 -6.2 -3 -19 -9.5
-0.36 -0.45 -0.53 -0.418 -0.595 -0.33 -4.7 -2.25 -18 -7
-0.278 -0.34 -0.4 -0.297 0.31 0 -3.2 -1.5 -7.5 -3.6
-0.202 -0.22 -0.257 -0.15 2.6 0.4 -1.9 0 14 -1.2
-0.1 -0.1 0.083 0 4.1 0.5 8.1 0.4
0.17 0.06 0.6915 0.227
0.591 0.22 1.3 0.354
0.977 0.3095 1.8 0.42
1.291 0.383 1.9 0.42
1.4 0.35
1.41 0.35

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 13 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.15. Aerodynamic computation

The following formulae must be used to compute lift and drag parameters.

2 ×W × g
CZ = S = wing Area in m
2

ρ × S × TAS 2
ATR model 42 72
S 54.5 61
2
The theoretical drag CXth is a function of CZ , reynolds number RE and flight adjustment.

CXth = CX (CZ 2) + ∆CX ( RE ) + ∆CXflight

2
The following table provides the drag versus CZ for each ATR model.

42-300 42-500 72-200 72-210 72-500

42-320
42-400
2 2 2 2 2
CZ CXth CZ CXth CZ CXth CZ CXth CZ CXth
0.04 0.03195 0.040 0.03375 0.04 0.03355 0.04 0.03489 0.040 0.03447
0.09 0.03375 0.062 0.03402 0.09 0.03421 0.09 0.03584 0.062 0.03481
0.12 0.03486 0.090 0.03452 0.12 0.03478 0.12 0.03657 0.090 0.03521
0.16 0.03637 0.122 0.03527 0.16 0.03553 0.16 0.03763 0.123 0.03587
0.20 0.03789 0.160 0.03622 0.20 0.03649 0.20 0.03876 0.160 0.03673
0.25 0.03980 0.203 0.03744 0.25 0.03763 0.25 0.04025 0.203 0.03780
0.36 0.04405 0.250 0.03885 0.36 0.04051 0.36 0.04371 0.250 0.03893
0.64 0.05499 0.302 0.04052 0.64 0.04860 0.64 0.05313 0.303 0.04029
1.00 0.06920 0.360 0.04241 1.00 0.06081 1.00 0.06590 0.360 0.04181
1.44 0.08667 0.490 0.04691 1.44 0.07637 1.44 0.08201 0.490 0.04557
1.96 0.10741 0.640 0.05233 1.96 0.09525 1.96 0.10147 0.640 0.05010
1.000 0.06597 1.000 0.06231
1.440 0.08332 1.440 0.07787
1.960 0.10441 1.960 0.09675

TAS × ρ

( )
RE =
SAT 273.15 + 120
1.5
1
17.1445 × × ×
273.15 SAT + 120 1000000
The following table provides the drag versus reynolds number RE for each ATR model.

42-300 72-200
42-320 72-210
42-400 72-500
42-500
RE CXth RE CXth
2590000 0.00187 2000000 0.00580
3890000 0.00076 3000000 0.00346
5190000 0.00000 3500000 0.00244
6490000 -0.00051 4000000 0.00157
7780000 -0.00093 4500000 0.00078
5000000 0.00016
5500000 -0.00025
6000000 -0.00047
7000000 -0.00085
8000000 -0.00117
9000000 -0.00142

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 14 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01

∆CXflight = A × CZ 2 + B × CZ + C A, B and C coefficient are defined in the table hereafter

At this time, all coefficients are set to zero, but after flight test validation appropriate values shall be
defined.

ATR 42-300 42-500 72-200 72-210 72-500

Model 42-320
42-400
A 0 0 0 0 0
B 0 0 0 0 0
C 0 0 0 0 0

The aircraft calculated drag CXa/c is computed according to the following formulae.

2 × Traction
CXa / c = − Gamma
R × S × TAS 2

The total gradient Gamma is obtained with the last computed parameters (Zg and TAS) and the
parameters (Zg(-1s) and TAS(-1s)) computed one second before.
dTAS
Vz dt
Gamma = + with Vz calculated vertical speed in ms
-1

TAS g

Zg − Zg ( −1s )
Vz = × 0.3048
Time − Time ( −1s )

TAS − TAS ( −1s )

dTAS =
dt Time − Time ( −1s )

As the computation is done each second, Time – Time(-1s) must be equal to 1!

The theoretical and aircraft drag variations (∆CXth(-30s), ∆CXa/c(-30s)) over the last 30 seconds are also
computed. They are the differences between the last computed drags and the computed drags 30
seconds before.

∆CXth ( −30 s ) = CXth − CXth ( −30 s )

∆CXa / c ( −30 s ) = CXa / c − CXa / c ( −30 s )

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 15 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.16. Smoothing and alarm algorithm

The APM computes the aircraft weight during all the flight.

If flaps and landing gear are retracted the APM computes and saves each second:
• The average values of theoretical and aircraft drags (CXth(60s), CXa/c(60s)) over the last 60 seconds
• The theoretical and aircraft drag gradients (∆CXth(-30s), ∆CXa/c(-30s)) over the last 30 seconds
• The theoretical cruise speed IASth if the aircraft is in cruise
• The MSIS (Minimum Severe Icing Speed)

Flaps must be considered retracted as soon as Flaps position < 3 degree.

Depending on the temperature and icing conditions, alarm messages could be delivered if the aircraft
drag and the theoretical cruise speed is abnormal.

The drag and speed analyses must be conducted only if the SAT is greater than 5°C and if at least one of
the following conditions are verified:
• Ice accretion has already been detected during the flight
• Icing AOA is illuminated
• Airframe de-icing is selected on

If these conditions are satisfied, the APM must determine if the aircraft is in cruise or not. Indeed, the
alarm conditions are different in cruise.

Altitude capture mode must be used to prove that the aircraft is in cruise. In order to allow the aircraft to
accelerate to its maximum cruise speed, the first two minutes of the cruise would not be considered as
cruise but as climb/descent for analyses.

2.16.1. Cruise phase

If the aircraft is in cruise for more than 2 minutes, drag and speed monitoring are both conducted.

There are 3 levels of drag and speed comparisons:

• CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +100cts and IAS<IASth –15kt
• CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +80cts and IAS<IASth –20kt
• CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +50cts and IAS<IASth –10kt

1cts (counts) = 0.0001 point of drag à 100 cts = 0.01

It must be possible to modify all these thresholds during the test flight validation phase.

2.16.1.1. First level and “Degraded performance” alarm message

The first level is reached and the “Degraded performance” alarm message is delivered if one of the
following conditions are satisfied:
• CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +100cts and IAS<IASth –15kt during the last 30 seconds (CrsDegPer1)
• CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +100cts and IAS<IASth –15kt and ∆CXa/c(-30s) >∆CXth(-30s) +10cts (CrsDegPer2)
• CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +80cts and IAS<IASth –20kt during the last 30 seconds (CrsDegPer3)
• CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +80cts and IAS<IASth –20kt and ∆CXa/c(-30s) >∆CXth(-30s)+10cts (CrsDegPer4)

If the first level is reached and if IAS is lower than MSIS, the “Increase speed” alarm message is also
delivered (IncSpd).

2.16.1.2. Second level and “Cruise Speed Low” alarm message

The second level is reached and the “Cruise speed low” alarm message is delivered if the first level is not
reached and if the following condition is satisfied:
• CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +50cts and IAS<IASth –10kt during the last 30 seconds (CrsSpdLow1)
• CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +50cts and IAS<IASth –10kt and ∆CXa/c(-30s) >∆CXth(-30s)+10cts (CrsSpdLow2)

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 16 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.16.2. Climb and descent phases

When the aircraft is in climb, descent or even in cruise for less than 2 minutes, only a drag monitoring is
conducted. There is only 1 level of drag comparison: CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +150cts.

The “Degraded performance” alarm message is delivered if one of the following conditions is satisfied:
• CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +150cts during the last 30 seconds (ClbDegPer1)
• CXa/c(60s) >CXth(60s) +150cts and ∆CXa/c(-30s) >∆CXth(-30s)+10cts (ClbDegPer2)

If the “Degraded performance” alarm message is delivered and if IAS is lower than MSIS, the “Increase
speed” alarm message is also delivered (IncSpd).

2.16.3. APM output levels and messages

The APM will not deliver directly the alarm messages, but it will set two discrete output levels.
The output “levels 1 and 2” will be used to generate the alarm messages.
The following table gives the output levels combination available:

APM messages Output level 1 Output level 2

None 0 0
“Cruise speed low” 0 1
“Degraded performance” 1 0
“Increase speed” 1 1

Note:
1: ground; 0: open circuit

These 2 outputs shall be feedback to the MPC on the FDAU part to insure a monitoring of them. In case
of disagree between the control logic in the FDAU part and the status of the outputs in the DMU part
during more than 5 sec, a «Fault» output shall be triggered by the FDAU part to the cockpit.

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 17 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
2.16.4. Logical diagram

The following diagram describes the computation and analysis performed in loop by the APM.

initial Weight

Computation of Weight

No
If Flaps = 0° and landing gear retracted

Yes

Computation of CXth(60s), CXa/c(60s), ∆CXth(-30s), ∆CXa/c(-30s), IASth and MSIS

If Icing AOA is illuminated

No
or if Airframe de-icing is seleted on
or if Ice accretion has been detected

Yes
No
If SAT < 5°c

Yes
No Yes
If Altitude capture mode engaged
during more than 120 s

No IF CXa/c(60s)>CXth(60s)+150cts during 30s

Or
IF CXa/c(60s)>CXth(60s)+100cts and ∆CXa/c(-30s) > ∆CXth +10cts

Yes
IF CXa/c(60s)>CXth(60s)+100cts and IAS<IASth –15kt during 30s
Or
IF CXa/c(60s)>CXth(60s)+100cts and IAS<IASth –15kt and ∆CXa/c(-30s) > ∆CXth(60s) +10cts
Yes
No

IF CXa/c(60s)>CXth(60s)+80cts and IAS<IASth –20kt during 30s

Or
Yes
DEGRADED IF CXa/c(60s)>CXth(60s)+80cts and IAS<IASth –20kt and ∆CXa/c(-30s) > ∆CXth(60s) +10cts
PERFORMANCE

No
No
If IAS < MSIS IF CXa/c(60s)>CXth(60s)+50cts and IAS<IASth –10kt during 30s No
Or
Yes IF CXa/c(60s)>CXth(60s)+50cts and IAS<IASth –10kt and ∆CXa/c(-30s) > ∆CXth(60s) +10cts

INCREASE
SPEED Yes

CRUISE
SPEED LOW

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 18 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01

3. Validation
3.1. APM validation before flight tests

The APM must be validated using input DFDR or QAR/DAR data that represent real flights for each ATR
model.
The APM must provide the same results as our internal APM simulator.
To ease the validation, the APM must save the measured parameters and the following calculated
parameters function of time with a period of one second in the DAR:
• Rotator weight (kg) • IASth(kt)
• Weight (kg) • MSIS (kt)
• CZ • “Level 1” output
• CXth(60s) (counts) • “Level 2” output
• CXa/c(60s) (counts) • “Level 3” output

Additionally, the following internal computation parameters shall be useful to eliminate any discrepancies
between the APM drag computations and our APM simulator drag results:
• TAS(kt)
• Gamma
• Traction

These additional parameters shall be also saved in the DAR.

ATR will provide the input data for the following test cases:
• QAR data of MSN 214 (ATR42-300) : 38 flights
• QAR data of MSN 461 (ATR72-210) : 31 flights
• QAR data of MSN 214 (ATR72-200) : 12 flights
• DFDR data of MSN 514 (ATR42-500) : 53 flights
• DFDR data of JET AIRWAYS (ATR72-500) : 13 flights

ATR will validate the APM using DAR data generated for those test cases using SAGEM AGS software
and our internal APM simulator.

However, our APM simulator output results will be provided for two selected flights per ATR model as a
comma-separated value file format or a Microsoft Excel file giving the following parameters:
• Time (s) • Gamma
• Weight (kg) • FL
• Zp (ft) • MSIS (kt)
• Delta ISA • Vz (ft/mn)
• Mach • ∆CXth(-30s)
• IAS (kt) • ∆CXa/c(-30s)
• TAS (kt) • (CrsDegPer1)
• TQ1 (%) • (CrsDegPer2)
• TQ2(%) • (CrsDegPer3)
• CZ • (CrsDegPer4)
• CXth(60s) + 100 counts • (CrsSpdLow1)
• Cxa/c(60s) • (CrsSpdLow2)
• CXth(60s) • (ClbDegPer1)
• CXth(60s) + 150 counts • (ClbDegPer2)
• IASth • (IncSpd)
• Traction

The (CrsDegPer1) to (IncSpd) values are set to 0 if the corresponding conditions are not satisfied,
otherwise values different from 0 are set.

The APM must be validated with those selected flights before being delivery to ATR for validation.

The APM will be considered valid if the following result parameters are in the following tolerance:
• CXth: +/- 2 cts • IASth: +/- 1 kt
• CXa/c: +/- 2 cts • MSIS: +/- 1 kt

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 19 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
• Alarm messages : +/- 2 seconds

3.2. APM validation during flight tests in ATR and selected airline

The APM shall be validated using DAR data generated during flight tests conducted in ATR or in selected
airline.
The DAR data would be analysed by ATR using SAGEM AGS software and our internal APM simulator.

During the flight test, it must be possible to enter, using the dedicated Arinc 429 input validated by
discrete input, the following drag increments in the APM to simulate a drag increase and to verify the
delivery of alarm messages.

Drag increments:
• 0.003 (30 cts)
• 0.006 (60 cts)
• 0.009 (90 cts)
• 0.011 (110 cts)
• 0.013 (130 cts)
• 0.016 (160 cts)
• 0.019 (190 cts)

Those drag increments will be added by the APM to the normal computed CXa/c at each second.

More, the aircraft drag could be also increased for test by lowering the landing gear or extending flaps. In
this case the first test in the logical diagram (paragraph 2.16.4) will be skipped.

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 20 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01

4. Annex 1 – Take off weight computation

This annex provides the specification for a specific function competent to determine automatically the A/C
take-off Weight, to be used in conjunction of the ‘ROTACTOR’ manual value,
In conformance with the logical diagram given on chapter 3

Let be TOWD (Take-Off Weight Determination) this function name

4.1. TOWD principle

The TOWD analysis principle is to compare the total energy delivered by the two engines with these
stored by the aircraft (kinetic / potential).

For this purpose, some of the FDAU parameters are required, in conjunction of numeric tables.

Remark : All the notation of the measured and elaborated parameters, presented in the APM
specification are conserved, Plus:
§ D : Distance
§ E : Energy

The calculated weight is the mean of the values given by two methods:

§ A ground method conducted during the acceleration phase at take-off. (Wg)

§ A free air method conducted during the initial climb phase, Flaps and gear retracted.(Wa)

4.2. Wg determination (Flaps 15°)

Two sub-methods based on the accelerometer(Wgacc) and on the IAS(Wgias) are conducted
ð Start of calculations : IAS > 30kt
ð Rate : each second
ð End :
§ 4 steps for Wgacc
§ first of { IAS > 80kt / Pitch > 2degrees } for Wgias

4.2.1. Parameters

Corrected Air speed : CAS = f(IAS) (see table 1)

FBg : Flaps plus ground effect to be applied on the thrust coefficient: CT (see table 1)
RFc : Rolling Friction coefficient .015 for ATR42 ; .010 for ATR72
CXr : CX during the rolling phase = 0.0688

Table 1

Model IAS/CAS IAS/CAS IAS/CAS IAS/CAS FBg

42-300 30.0/32.5 60.0/62.5 80.0/82.5 100./104. .93
42-320 30.0/32.5 60.0/62.5 80.0/82.5 100./104. .93
42-400 30.0/310 60.0/610 80.0/810 100./101. .93
42-500 30.0/310 60.0/610 80.0/810 100./101. .95
72-200 30.0/32.0 60.0/62.3 80.0/82.5 100./102. .94
72-210 30.0/32.0 60.0/62.3 80.0/82.5 100./102. .95
72-500 30.0/32.0 60.0/62.3 80.0/82.5 100./102. .95

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 21 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
4.2.2. Wg calculation (Ground Method

ASSUME : Sum = 0 ; N = 0
Remark : Note the speeds :TAS0, TIME0 at starting, and TAS1,TIME1 at the end

For each step :

a)Computation of: ( * ó related in the APM specification)
Zp SAT ? Tstd* ; P* ; ?*
IAS ? CAS
CAS P ? Mach*
P Mach ? Pdyn = 0.7*P*Mach**2
SAT ? a* (speed sound)
MACH a ? TAS*
CXr pdyn ? RX = CXr*Pdyn*S
TQ NP TAS ? FBg ? FN*
2
NX ? ACC(m/s ) = -NX*9.81
FN RX ACC ? wi = (FN-RX)/(ACC+9.81*RFc)
Using the registered parameters relatives to the beginning of the step

b)Integration of the net force, excepted for the last step

Sum = Sum + FN-RX
N = N+1
……..
Wgacc determination:
At step 4 (five recorded wi values) ? Wgacc = (Swi)/5

Wgias determination:
At end of the cycle : ACCmean = (TAS1-TAS0)/(TIME1-TIME0) ; FNmean = SUM/N

? Wgias = FNmean/(ACCmean+9.81*RFc)

Let be [m;M] the usual A/C weight range (see table 2)

Wgacc and Wgias values are valid in the segment: m-600kg ; M+600kg

Wg determination :

Wgacc valid Wgias valid WG =

X X Wgacc
X - Wgacc
- X Wgias
- - Invalid

4.3. Free Air Method (Flaps 0°)

ð Start of calculations : FLAPS < 5° - GEAR UP

ð Rate : each second
ð Stop of calculation :
§ First of IAS >180kt / 240 steps(240 seconds)
with a minimum of 120 steps whatever the IAS

4.3.1. Parameters

Corrected Air speed : CAS

Calculation weights : Light ó m ; Loud ó M
FB : Correction to be applied on the thrust coefficient: CT

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 22 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01
Table 2

Model IAS/CAS m M FB
42-300 CAS = IAS 13000 16900 1.01
42-320 CAS = IAS 13000 16900 1.01
42-400 CAS = IAS 13000 16900 1.01
42-500 CAS = IAS 14000 18600 1.03
72-200 CAS = IAS-2 16000 22500 1.00
72-210 CAS = IAS-2 16000 22500 1.02
72-500 CAS = IAS-2 16000 22500 1.00

4.3.2. Wa calculation (Free Air method)

Dual calculations are conducted for the two extreme weights: m and M (table 2)

ASSUME : e = 0 ; E = 0 ; N = 0
Remark : At starting, then at the end, note TAS0/TAS1, and compute ZG0/ZG1

each step :
a) Computation of: ( * ó related in the APM specification )
Zp SAT ? Tstd* ; P* ; ?*
IAS ? CAS
CAS P ? Mach*
P Mach ? Pdyn = 0.7*Mach**2
SAT ? a* (speed sound)
MACH a ? TAS* ? D(m) = TAS(m/s) (ó 1sec each step)
CXr pdyn ? RX = CXr*Pdyn*S
TQ NP TAS ? FBg ? FN*
Then for m, and M : (APMU document)
2 2
cz = 2*m*g / (?*S*TAS ) ? cx = f(cz,RE) ? rx = cx*?*S*TAS
2 2
RZ = 2*M*g / (?*S*TAS ) ? CX = f(CZ,RE) ? RX = CX*?*S*TAS

b) Integration of the energy, excepted for the last step

e = e+(FN-rx)*D
E = E+(FN-RX)*D
……….. cycle

d) Wa determination:
2 2 2
let be: ? V = TAS1 -TAS0 (TAS in m/s), and ?H = ZG1-ZG0 (in meters)
2
? m’ = e/(9.81* ?H+0.5* ? V )
2
? M’ = E/(9.81* ?H+0.5* ? V )

Wa is at the intersection of the 2lines : m m’ and M M’

M M
W’a m’
M’
M’
m m

m’ Wa

Wa = ((M’-M)*m-(m’-m)*M)/(M’-M-m’+m) + 50kg (initial climb fuel)

Wa is valid in the segment: m-600kg ; M+600kg

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 23 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
 Reference: DO/TF-2049/04 Ed. 01

4.4. Logical diagram

4.4.1. Qualifying WC determination

Notation: WC* calculated weight ; Scatter: Sga(kg) = abs(Wg-Wa)

Wg valid Wa valid GOOD MEDIUM POOR WC*

Sga=500 X X X ½(Wg+Wa)
500<Sga=1000 X X X ½(Wg+Wa)
1000=Sga>2000 X X X ½(Wg+Wa)
SGA>2000 X X UNDEF
No value - X UNDEF
No value X - UNDEF
No value - - UNDEF

WC = WC* lowered by m and maximised by M

4.4.2. TOW to be used in the APM process

Notation: WR ‘rotactor’ input weight (See APM specification); Scatter: Src(kg) = abs(WR-WC)

WC Src witWR input Without WR input

GOOD = 500 WR WC
GOOD > 500 WC WC
MEDIUM = 1000 WR WC
MEDIUM > 1000 WC WC
POOR = 1500 WR WC
POOR > 1500 WC WC
UNDEF No value WR Fault

This document is CONFIDENTIAL, it is the property of ATR.

This document must not be, partially, reproduced, nor lent to a third party, Page 24 sur 24
nor used against the afore mentioned Companies
ENHANCED SURVEILLANCE & ADS-B

SPECIFICATION

REFERENCE DO/TY 3166/04 Ed.01

Page 1 sur 5
Purpose :

Air Traffic Controllers:

Enhanced Surveillance, through the ground acquisition of specific parameters, will enable the air traffic
controller to increase their efficiency in tactically separating aircraft.
The controller’s information is improved by providing actual aircraft derived data such as Magnetic
Heading, Indicated Air Speed, Vertical Rate and Selected Altitude. This enables the controller to reduce
their R/T work load and frees to concentrate on ensuring the safe and efficient passage of AIR traffic.

Pilots:
Through the automatic extraction of an aircraft’s parameters, Enhanced Surveillance will lead to a
reduction in ratio telephony between air traffic controllers and the pilots. This reduces the workload on
pilot and removes a potential source of error.

Aircraft Operators:
Enhanced Surveillance will support safety and efficiency improvements to ATM operations. For example
downlinking the Selected Altitude of aircraft will make a significant contribution to the prevention of
inadvertent departures from the authorized level (level bust avoidance).

Abbreviations :

GAT: General Air Traffic

DAP: Downlink Airborne Parameters
SRAPS: Standard and Recommended Practices

Description :

List of parameters defined by EUROCONTROL for Enhanced Surveillance application:

• Magnetic Heading
• Indicated Airspeed
• Mach N°
• Vertical Rate (barometric rate or, preferably , baro-inertial)
• Roll Angle
• Track Angle Rate
• True Track Angle
• Ground speed
• Selected Altitude

ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 718A specifies each parameter that must be supplied to Transponder Mode-S
in a digital format ARINC 429 High Speed.

List of parameters proposed for ADS-B

• Latitude
• Longitude
• Baro Altitude
• HIL
• HFOM

Page 2 sur 5
Applicable documents :

ICAO Documentation
• ICAO Regional Supplementary Procedures, DOC 7030/4
• ICAO Annex 10, Amendment 77

JAA Documentation
• JAA TGL n°13 updated to Rev.1 to include amendment 77 of ICAO SARPS annex 10
• TGL as per pp025_6 of December 2002 NPA 12 related to Enhanced Surveillance.

Software level requirement :

Software changes will be executed in accordance with the existing software certification standard DO-178B
software Level C.

Electrical interface and performances :

1 - Electrical Interface
Inputs:
One ASCB input
One Arinc 429 input from GNSS

Output:
One Arinc 429 output to ATC

2 - Performances

Validation of parameters following MPC acquisition:

• ASCB

1. Magnetic Heading:

Magnetic Heading parameter is currently available from two different sources, AHRU #1&2.
- If the result of comparison between 1&2 is lower than 6°, #1 Magnetic Heading will be transmitted.
- If the result of comparison between 1&2 exceeds 6° during more than 30 seconds, then a NCD code on
Magnetic Heading parameter must be triggered.
- If one AHRS is invalid, then other AHRS will be used

2. Indicated Airspeed:

Indicated Airspeed is currently available from two different sources, ADC #1&2.
- If the result of average between 1&2 is lower 10 kts + IAS AVG/32 then, Indicated Airspeed #1 will
be transmitted.

Page 3 sur 5
- If the result of average between 1&2 exceeds 10 kts + IAS AVG/32 during more than 30 seconds, then
a NCD code on Indicated Airspeed parameter must be triggered.
- If one ADC is invalid, then other ADC will be used

• ARINC 429

All parameters taken from HT1000 General Purpose Output Bus N°3, will be automatically transmitted
towards MPC output, excepted Track Angle Rate * parameter that will need to be internally derived from
True Track Angle and then output.

Page 4 sur 5
Appendix: Enhanced Surveillance

AFDAMU Input AFDAMU Output

Source id Format ASCB data format ARINC 718 A Format Max
(user # address, wsp, bit) label(s) TX intvl
Magnetic Heading AHRS # 1&2 ASCB 02/03, 10, 15-1 320 BNR 50
Indicated Airspeed ADC # 1&2 ASCB 06/07, 5, 15-2 206 BNR 125
Mach Number ADC # 1&2 ASCB 06/07, 7, 15-2 205 BNR 125
Vertical Rate ADC # 1&2 ASCB 06/07, 4, 15-2 212 BNR 62,5
Selected Altitude ADC # 1&2 ASCB 06/07, 10, 15-2 102 BNR 200
Roll Angle HT1000 ARINC 325 325 BNR 20
429
Track Angle Rate* HT1000 ARINC 335 BNR 20
429
True Track Angle HT1000 ARINC 313 313 BNR 50
429
Ground Speed HT1000 ARINC 312 312 BNR 50
429

Appendix: ADS-B

AFDAMU Input AFDAMU Output

Source id Format ASCB data format ARINC 718 A Format Max
(user # address, wsp, bit) label(s) TX intvl
Latitude HT1000 ARINC 310 310 BNR 200
429
Longitude HT1000 ARINC 311 311 BNR 200
429
Baro Altitude ADC # 1&2 ASCB 06/07,3, 15-0 203 (TBC) BNR 62,5
HIL HT1000 ARINC 130 130 BNR 1200
429
HFOM HT1000 ARINC 247 247 BNR 1200
429

Page 5 sur 5
AFCS TROUBLESHOOTING FUNCTION

SPECIFICATION

REFERENCE DO/TY 3167/04 Ed.01

Page 1 sur 11
Purpose
This annex describes the AFCS troubleshooting function to implement in APMU.

Abbreviations
ADC Air Data Computer
ADU Advisory Display Unit
AFCS Automatic Flight Control System
ASCB Avionics Standard Communication Bus
BITE Built-In Test
FFS Flight Fault Sumary
GMT Ground Maintenance Test
T/S Troubleshooting

Description
General:
The aim of this function is to help troubleshooting ATR AFCS. It will guide the operator in identifying the
reason of the failure. Moreover, it will perform an automatic decoding of FFS.

Principle:
This function try to reproduce the T/S approach which is done by a specialist for solving an AFCS trouble.
Questions are asked to the operator ; these questions have several possible answers. Depending of operator’s
choice, other questions are asked to complete the T/S and suggest the most probable cause.

From MCDU, several menus will be proposed for troubleshooting AFCS:

1. a general troubleshooting procedure,
2. troubleshooting from ADU messages,
3. use of ground maintenance test (GMT) messages,
4. decoding of FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY data ; decoding can be done automatically when FFS message is
displayed on ADU or manually (pilot enters FFS codes)

The program uses files containing the steps/answers and the various decision points.

From an operational point of view:

• description text is displayed on MCDU page 1 ; some description may exceed one MCDU page, operator
must use NEXT/PREVIOUS keys to display all pages (example in Description N° 15)
• pages indicating relevant choices are displayed after description pages ; page selection will be done via
NEXT/PREVIOUS keys ; the lateral selection keys allow choice of answer.

Note:
some lines in files are to be chosen depending of aircraft (example: Description N° 3)

The T/S data are described in 3 files provided in electronic format (tables DESCRIPTION, CHOICE and FFS in
file “AFCS tables.xls”) – see sample in appendix :
• file DESCRIPTION containing the steps (instructions/comments) for the operator ; its format is:
- an identification number of text to be displayed – this number is the entry point in the table ; first entry
point id. is:
• 101 for general troubleshooting procedure,
• 1 for troubleshooting from ADU messages,
• 50 for use of GMT,
• 202 (for ATR42-300) or 203 (other models) for decoding of FFS,
- the text to be displayed,
• file CHOICE listing a number of possible answers (choices) to be selected by the operator ; its format is:
- column A: an identification number of the call (number of the step where the question is asked),

Page 2 sur 11
 - column B: description of choice – when there are several lines with a same identification number, that
means that all these lines constitutes a package of answers possible for a same question,
- column C: a destination number for re-entering in table DESCRIPTION
• file FFS dedicated to FFS decoding ; its format is:
- column A: an identification number which is:
• 202 for ATR42-300,
• 203 for other models,
• 205 for ADC bite decoding all models,
- column B: description of choice – when there are several lines with a same identification nmber, that
means that all these lines constitutes a package of answers possible for a same question filtered by data
in column D,
- column C: a new identification number for re-entering in table DESCRIPTION,
- column D: bit identification ; this bit id. is extracted via decoding of FFS in ASCB labels

Use of data in these files:

• for menus 1, 2 and 3:
- use the entry point to find the step description to display to the operator in file DESCRIPTION,
- display this text,
- use the same entry point to display the possible answers (file CHOICE),
- get the destination id. to re-enter in file DESCRIPTION to reach a new step,
- …
- end of T/S when a id. number does not exist

• for menu 4 (FFS):

- one entry point is 202 or 203 depending of aircraft model,
- use the bit(s) found from FFS decoding (automatic or manual reading) to address the right line (in
column D),
- get the destination id. to re-enter in file DESCRIPTION to reach a new step,

Getting the FFS data:

These data are available on ASCB bus as per ASCB specification.
The data can also be input manually

Line A, words 1, 2, 3, 4 0000 0000 0000 0000

Line B, words 1, 2, 3, 4 0000 0000 0000 0000

Line C, words 1 to 3, 4 to 6 000000000000 000000000000

ADU FFS display format

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
| | | |
F E D C | B A 9 8 | 7 6 5 4 | 3 2 1 0 |
| | | |

Bit position number identification

Applicable documents
ASCB ver. A specification

Electrical interface
AFCS ASCB bus is acquired by computer. All necessary information are available on this as per ASCB
specification.

Page 3 sur 11
Software level requirement
DO178 level D

Performances

Page 4 sur 11
Appendix

Page 5 sur 11
 Entry point from
ASCB bus or manual
entry

Page 6 sur 11
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 AFCS
2
3 > GENERAL T/S
4
5 > ADU MESSAGES
6
7 > GND MAINT TEST
8
9 > FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY
10
11
12
13 > RETURN
Main screen

1 FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

2
3 > AUTOMATIC READING
4
5 > MANUAL INPUT
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 > RETURN
FFS Automatic/Manual selection

1 FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

2
3 0A12 0015 0000 00BA
4
5 0000 0000 0000 0000
6
7 000000000000000000000000
8
9
10
11
12
13

Page 7 sur 11
 FFS manual entry

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 FIRST MSG AT DISC 1/2
2
3 >YD DSNGD YD DSNGD FL<
4
5 >AP DSNGD AP DSNGD FL<
6
7 >AP/YD DIS AD/YD DIS FL<
8
9 >CPL DAT INV ADV FAULT<
10
11 >DIS ANNUN DATA FAULT
12
13 > RETURN

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 FIRST MSG AT DISC 2/2
2
3 >ENGAGE INHIBIT
4
5 >PITCH TRIM FAIL
6
7 >PITCH MISTRIM
8
9 >RETRIM ROLL AIL MISTRIM
10
11 >UNKNOWN
12
13 > RETURN

Example of screens

Page 8 sur 11
 File “Description” - Sample

123456789012345678901234 123456789012345678901234
1 3
1 FIRST MSG AT DISC AS PER 1 YD-AP/YD DISENG STEADY
2 CREW REPORT? 2
3 3 RUN GMT 40
4 4 IF NFF & STILL FAIL
5 5 *CHK YD ROD-CMPTR BB67
6 6 LINE
7 7 *CHK SW & PIT TRM ASYM
8 8 TO CTL PNL A58 ATR42-300
9 9 TO CMPTR BB54/66 72 & 42-500
10 10
11 11 RAR AFCS CMPTR
12 12 RAR CTL PNL ATR42-300
13 13
14 14

Page 9 sur 11
 File “Choice” – Sample

123456789012345678901234
1 YD DISENGAGED STEADY 3
1 YD DISENGAGED FLASHING 8
1 AP DISENGAGED STEADY 7
1 AP DISENGAGED FLASHING 4
1 AP/YD DISENGAGED STEADY 3
1 AP/YD DISENGAGED FLASH 8
1 CPL DATA INVALID 10
1 DISENG ANNUN DATA FAULT 30
1 ADVISORY FAULT 31
1 ENGAGE INHIBIT 35
1 PITCH TRIM FAIL 65
1 PITCH MISTRIM 66
1 RETRIM ROLL WING DN 67
1 AILERON MISTRIM 68
1 UNKNOWN 9
2 AHRS DATA INVALID 11
2 DADC DATA INVALID 12
2 AP/AFCS INVALID 13
2 DASHED LINE(---------) 15
2 NOTHING 16
3 GMT 40 FAULT MESSAGES 17
4 AP INVALID 14
4 NO MORE MESSAGE 29 ATR42-300
4 UNKNOWN 9
6 GMT 06 FAULT MESSAGES 21
6 GMT 20 FAULT MESSAGES 22
6 GMT 21 FAULT MESSAGES 23
8 AHRS DATA INVALID 11
8 DADC DATA INVALID 12
8 AFCS INVALID 13
8 DASHED LINE(---------) 15
8 UNKNOWN 6
10 L SENSOR STATUS X FAIL 400
10 L EFIS PROG PINS FAIL 401
10 L EFIS FGC INTFC FAIL 402

Page 10 sur 11
 File “FFS” – Sample

123456789012345678901234
202 NORMAL ACC LIMITS 210 A12
202 ELEV SVO FEEDBACK 211 A13
202 AILERON SVO FEEDBACK 212 A14
202 RUDDER SVO FEEDBACK 213 A15
202 PITCH CLOSURE 214 A16
202 ROLL CLOSURE 215 A17
202 YAW CLOSURE 216 A18
202 AILERON SVO MOTION 217 A19
202 ELEV SVO MOTION 218 A1A
202 RUDDER SVO MOTION 219 A1B
202 SVO SWNG MON (A) 220 A24
202 SERIAL I/O FAIL 221 A25
202 A/D 10V INPUT FAIL 250 A26
202 A/D 15V INPUT FAIL 250 A27
202 A/D GND INPUT FAIL 250 A28
202 A/D OFFSET FAIL 250 A29
202 5V ISOLATED FAIL 250 A2A
202 BPROC EXCES HBM RST 250 A2B
202 APROC TICKETING FAIL 250 A2C
202 ROLL D/A FAIL 250 A2D
202 PITCH D/A FAIL 250 A2E
202 RUDDER SVO MON 213 B11
202 SERIAL I/O FAIL 221 B12
202 REALTIME LOOP FAIL 250 B14
202 8.33 REALTIME LOOP FAIL 250 B15
202 EXCES HBM RSTS 250 B16
202 A/D CONV FAIL 250 B17
202 SVO SWNG MON (B) 220 B18
202 AILERON SVO MON 212 B1B
202 BPROC TICKET FAIL 250 B1C
202 ELEV SVO MON 211 B1D
202 ELEV TRM RUNAWAY 231 B1F
202 ELEV TRM INOP 232 B20
202 RUDDER SVO MON 213 B21
202 SERIAL I/O FAIL 221 B22

APPENDIX : FILE FFS 4 SHEETS ADDED

FILE CHOICE 3 SHEETES ADDED
FILE DESCRIPTION 42 SHEETS ADDED

Page 11 sur 11
 File DESCRIPTION Page 1
1 266
1 FIRST MSG AT DISC AS PER 1 ALT COARSE DC
2 CREW REPORT? 2
3 3 *CHK ALT(A-T) TO
4 4 ADC(AA29) LINES
5 5 *RAR ADC
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

2 301
1 AT DISC AFTER RESET OR 1 FGC TST-T/S
2 RESET OR AP QUICK DISC 2
3 WHAT IS 2ND MSG 3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR
4 AS PER CREW REPORT? 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

3 303
1 YD-AP/YD DISENG STEADY 1 01 FGC TST
 File DESCRIPTION Page 2
2 2 AP SVO INTFC FAIL
3 RUN GMT 40 3
4 IF NFF & STILL FAIL 4 RUN GMT 04,05
5 *CHK YD ROD-CMPTR BB67 5 IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
6 LINE 6
7 *CHK SW & PIT TRM ASYM 7
8 TO CTL PNL A58 ATR42-300 8
9 TO CMPTR BB54/66 72 & 42-500 9
10 10
11 RAR AFCS CMPTR 11
12 RAR CTL PNL ATR42-300 12
13 13
14 14

4 304
1 AP DISENG FLASHING 1 01 FGC TST
2 2 YD SVO INTFC FAIL
3 MSG ON ADU WHEN 1ST MSG 3
4 CLRD BY CREW? 4 RUN GMT 06
5 5 IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

6 305
1 AP/YD OR YD DISENG FLASH 1 01 FGC TST
2 2 AFCS BIT SRVO INTFC FAIL
3 RUN GMT 06,20,21 3
 File DESCRIPTION Page 3
4 IF NFF GOTO FFS 4 SEE OTHER MSG
5 IF FFS NOT AVAIL 5
6 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 6
7 *RAR CTL PNL 7
8 *RAR YAW SVO 8
9 9
10 *CHK YAW SVO CABLE TENS 10
11 *CHK CMPTR-YAW SVO LINES 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

7 306
1 AP DISENG STEADY 1 01 FGC TST
2 2 YD SVO INTF FAIL
3 RUN GMT 40 3
4 IF NFF & STILL FAIL 4 *CHK 28V ON CMPTR BB67
5 *CHK QRC-AFCS CMPTR 5 *IF NFF RUN GMT 06
6 BB66/54 LINES 6 *IF NFF RAR CMPTR
7 *CHK S/WRN & PIT TRM ASY 7
8 TO AFCS CMPTR BB54/66 72 & 42-500 8
9 TO AFCS CTL PNL A58 ATR42-300 9
10 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

8 307
1 AP/YD OR YD DISENG FLASH 1 01 FGC TST
2 2 AP SVO INTFC FAIL
3 2ND MSG AT DISC AFTER 3
4 RESET OR AP QUICK DISC 4 *CHK 28V ON CMPTR BB54
5 AS PER CREW REPORT? 5 *IF NFF RUN GMT 04,05
 File DESCRIPTION Page 4
6 6 *IF NFF RAR CMPTR
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

9 308
1 UNKNOWN 1 01 FGC TST
2 2 PIT TRM SVO INTFC FAIL
3 GOTO GENERAL T/S 3
4 4 *CHK MANUAL TRM
5 5 *CHK 28V ON CMPTR BB66
6 6
7 7 IF NFF CHK CMPTR-TRIM
8 8 LINES
9 9
10 10 IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

10 309
1 CPL DATA INVALID 1 01 FGC TST
2 2 YD SVO INTFC FAIL
3 LOST MODE RAR(CPL SIDE) 3
4 VERT MODE ADC 4 *CHK 28V ON CMPTR AA1
5 VOR VOR, SGU 5 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
6 APP ILS, SGU 6
7 LAT MODE SGU, AHRS 7
 File DESCRIPTION Page 5
8 8
9 RUN GMT 22 72 & 42-500 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

11 310
1 AHRS DATA INVALID 1 01 FGC TST
2 2 SVO & PIT TRM INTFC FAIL
3 RUN GMT 20 3
4 IF NFF 4 *CHK 28V TO CMPTR AA4
5 *RAR ONE AHRS 5 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
6 *IF NFF RAR OTHER AHRS 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

12 321
1 DADC DATA INVALID 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 GC PB FAIL
3 CHK PITOT RES IS 30 OHM 3
4 +/- 10 OHM 4 *RAR CTL PNL
5 5
6 IF NFF RUN GMT 21 6
7 7
8 IF NFF 8
9 *RAR ONE ADC 9
 File DESCRIPTION Page 6
10 *IF NFF RAR OTHER ADC 10
11 11
12 IF NFF CHK TEMP PROBE 12
13 TO ADCS LINES 13
14 14

13 322
1 AP/AFCS INVALID 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 ADU PB FAIL
3 GOTO FFS IF AVAIL OR 3
4 GOTO GENERAL T/S 4 *CHK CTL PNL-ADU LINES
5 5 *IF NFF RAR ADU
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

14 323
1 AP INVALID 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 ANNUN VALID FAIL
3 RUN GMT 04,05,07 3
4 IF NFF GOTO FFS IF AVAIL 4 *CHK CMPTR BB89-CTL A57
5 OR 5 *CHK 28V TO CTL PNL
6 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 6 A19/20
7 *RAR CTL PNL 7 *RAR CTL PNL
8 *RAR SVOS 8
9 *CHK SVOS CABLE TENSIONS 9
10 *CHK CMPTR-SVOS LINES 10
11 11
 File DESCRIPTION Page 7
12 12
13 13
14 14

15 325
1 DASHED LINE ------------ 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 RUN GMT 01,02 2 ARROW FAIL
3 IF NFF 3
4 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 4 CHK LAMPS
5 *RAR CTL PNL 5 IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
6 6
7 *CHK CMPTR PWR LINES: 7
8 28V TO AA-1/2 8
9 28V TO AA-4/5 9
10 28V TO AA-6/7 10
11 28V TO AA-8/9 11
12 28V TO BB-65 12
13 28V TO 1CA BB54/66 13
14 14

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

326
1 DASHED LINE ------------ 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 AP OFF LAMP FAIL
3 *AFCS CTL PNL PWR LINES: 3
4 28V TO 3CA 19/20 4 *CHK AP OFF BULBS
5 5 *CHK CTL PNL A75-AP OFF
6 *CMPTR TO CTL PNL LINES: 6 LAMP LINES
7 1CA BA65/66 TO 3CA 17/18 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 1CA BB89 TO 3CA 57 8
9 1CA BB96/97 TO 3CA 5/6 9
10 1CA BB98/99 TO 3CA 3/4 10
11 1CA BB100/101 TO 3CA 7/8 11
12 1CA BB102/103 TO 3CA 1/2 12
13 1CA BB106 TO 3CA 47 13
 File DESCRIPTION Page 8
14 14

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

327
1 DASHED LINE ------------ 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 LAMP TEST FAIL
3 *ASCB CONNECTIONS TO: 3
4 1CA AB-1/2 TO ASCB DATA 4 *CHK LAMP TST SW
5 1CA AB-4/5 TO ASCB CLOCK 5 *CHK SW-CTL PNL A51 LINE
6 6 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
7 *AFCS PROGR PINS AS PER 7
8 AWM 221801 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

16 328
1 NOTHING ON ADU 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 EXTERNAL DISCONNECTION 2 P OR CP GA FAIL
3 3
4 RUN GMT 40 4 *CHK GA SW & LINES TO
5 IF NFF CHK POOR 5 CTL PNL A59
6 CONNECTION IN CTL YOKE 6 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 9

17 329
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 40 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 P OR CP TCS FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK TCS SW & LINES
5 5 TO CTL PNL A60
6 6 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

18 330
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 04 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 FLAP POS XX FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK FLAP SW TO CTL PNL
5 5 A64/70/71/73 LINES
6 6 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 10

19 331
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 05 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 PITCH THUMBWEEL FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK CTL PNL A43/44 TO
5 5 CMPTR TACH LINES
6 6 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

20 332
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 07 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 TRIM CMD FAIL 2 AP DSCT HORN FAIL
3 3
4 *CHK MANUAL TRM 4 *CHK CAC-CTL PNL A74 ATR42-300
5 *CHK RELAYS 5 *CHK MFC-CTL PNL A74 72 & 42-500
6 *CHK CMPTR AA59/60/63 TO 6 LINES
7 TRM SVO LINES 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 11

21 333
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 06 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 EXCESS DEV ANNUN FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK GUIDANCE LT BULBS
5 5 *CHK CTL PNL A15 TO LAMP
6 6 LINES
7 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

22 334
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 20 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 ALT ALERT LAMP FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK BULBS ON ALTIMETERS
5 5 *CHK CTL PNL A36 TO
6 6 ALTIMETERS A-g LINES
7 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 12

23 335
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 21 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 ALT ALERT HORN FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK CAC-CTL PNL A39 ATR42-300
5 5 *CHK MFC-CTL PNL A39 72 & 42-500
6 6 LINES
7 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

24 336
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 01 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 CAT2 OFF HORN FAIL
3 AFCS BIT SRVO INTFC FAIL 3
4 CAN COME WITH OTHER MSG 4 *CHK CAC-CTL PNL A10 ATR42-300
5 5 *CHK MFC-CTL PNL A10 72 & 42-500
6 COMBINATION OF MSG CAN 6 LINES
7 INDICATE VARIOUS FAIL 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 13

25 337
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 02 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 CAT2 OFF ANNUN FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK GUIDANCE LT BULBS
5 5 *CHK CTL PNL A10 TO LAMP
6 6 LINES
7 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

26 338
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 41 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 GS CAP RAD ALT INH FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK SGU AB95 TO RAD ALT
5 5 LINES
6 6 *IF NFF RAR SGU & RETEST
7 7 *IF NFF RAR OTHER SGU
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 14

27 339
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 03 1 02 GUIDANCE CONT TST
2 2 STALL WARNING FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK SSHAKER TO CTL PNL ATR42-300
5 5 A58 LINES ATR42-300
6 6 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL ATR42-300
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10 *CHK SSHAKER TO AFCS 72 & 42-500
11 11 CMPTR BB54/66 LINES 72 & 42-500
12 12 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR 72 & 42-500
13 13
14 14

28 341
1 FAULT MSG FOR GMT 22 72 & 42-500 1 03 ADVISORY DISPLAY TST
2 2 AP/YD DIS MSG FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK AP CLUTCH FM CMPTR
5 5 BA61 TO ADU A-r
6 6 *CHK YD CLUTCH FM CMPTR
7 7 AA58 TO ADU A-s
8 8
9 9 *IF NFF RUN GMT 01
10 10 *IF GMT FAILS RAR CMPTR
11 11 ELSE RAR ADU
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 15

29 342
1 NO MORE MSG FM CREW ATR42-300 1 03 ADVISORY DISPLAY TST
2 ATR42-300 2 MESSAGE DISPLAY FAIL
3 RUN GMT 40 ATR42-300 3
4 IF NFF & STILL FAIL ATR42-300 4 RAR ADU
5 *T/S S/WRN SYS ATR42-300 5
6 *CHK S/WRN-CTL PNL LINES ATR42-300 6
7 *RAR CTL PNL ATR42-300 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

30 343
1 DISENG ANNUN DATA FAULT 1 03 ADVISORY DISPLAY TST
2 2 PB FAIL
3 CHK CMPTR BA61/ADU A-r 3
4 LINES FOR CONTINUITY 4 *CHK CTL PNL-ADU LINES
5 5 *IF NFF RAR ADU
6 IF NFF RAR ADU 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 16

31 351
1 ADVISORY FAULT 1 04 ELEVATOR SVO TST
2 2 ELEV CW or CCW CMD FAIL
3 RAR ADU 3
4 4 *CHK CMPTR-ELEV SVO LINE
5 5 *IF NFF RAR CMPTR & TST
6 6 *IF NFF RAR SVO
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

35 352
1 ENGAGE INHIBIT 1 04 ELEVATOR SVO TST
2 CHK FOR DISENG CONDITION 2 ELEV STOP CMD FAIL
3 *QRC & LINE 3
4 *NRM/STBY PIT TRM & LINE 4 *CHK CMPTR-ELEV SVO LINE
5 *YD DYN ROD & LINE 5 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
6 *GA SW STUCK CLOSED 6
7 *S/WRN & TAB OFFSET LINE 7
8 CHK BB54/66 TO CB 150CA 8
9 LINES WHEN YOKE FULL 9
10 LH/RH (QRC LINES OPEN?) 10
11 IF NFF 11
12 *CHK CMPTR BB67 TO CB6CA 12
13 *CHK NO GND ON CTL A59 13
14 IF NFF RAR ADU 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 17
50 353
1 GMT MSG 1 04 ELEVATOR SVO TST
2 01-FGC TST 2 ELEV/AIL X-FEED FAIL
3 02-GUIDANCE CTLR TST 3
4 03-ADVISORY DISPLAY TST 4 *CHK CMPTR TO ELEV &
5 04-ELEVATOR SVO TST 5 AIL SVO LINES
6 05-AILERON SVO TST 6
7 06-RUDDER SVO TST 7
8 07-TRIM SVO TST 8
9 20-AHRS TST 9
10 21-DADC TST 10
11 22-EFIS TST 72 & 42-500 11
12 40-COCKPIT SWITCHES TST 12
13 41-SUBSYSTEM STAT TST 13
14 14

65 354
1 PITCH TRIM FAIL ON ADU 1 04 ELEVATOR SVO TST
2 2 ELEV/RUD X-FEED FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK/RAR AFCS PIT SVO 4 *CHK CMPTR TO ELEV &
5 *TRM ACTR DRV SIG GNDED 5 RUD SVO LINES
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

66 356
1 PITCH MISTRIM ON ADU 1 05 AILERON SVO TST
 File DESCRIPTION Page 18
2 2 AIL CW or CCW CMD FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK/RAR AFCS PIT SVO 4 *CHK CMPTR-AIL SVO LINES
5 *PIT TRM(ACTR,OPEN CTL) 5 *IF NFF RAR CMPTR & TST
6 *HARD ON ELEV FLT CTL 6 *IF NOT OK RAR AIL SVO
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

67 357
1 RTRIM ROLL WNG DN ON ADU 1 05 AILERON SVO TST
2 2 AIL STOP CMD FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK/RAR ROLL SVO 4 *CHK CMPTR-AIL SVO LINES
5 *AIL TRM(ACTR,LINE) 5 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
6 *HARD ON AIL FLT CTL 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

68 358
1 AILERON MISTRIM ON ADU 1 05 AILERON SVO TST
2 2 AIL/ELEV X-FEED FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
 File DESCRIPTION Page 19
4 *CHK/RAR ROLL SVO 4 *CHK CMPTR TO AIL & ELEV
5 *AIL TRM(ACTR,LINE) 5 SVO LINES
6 *HARD ON AIL FLT CTL 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

101 359
1 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING 1 05 AILERON SVO TST
2 2 AIL/RUD X-FEED FAIL
3 PWR AFCS & WAIT 3 MIN 3
4 4 *CHK CMPTR TO AIL & RUD
5 MSG ON ADU? 5 SVO LINES
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

102 361
1 DASHED LINE ------------ 1 06 RUDDER SVO TST
2 2 RUD CW or CCW CMD FAIL
3 LH CPL ON? 3
4 4 *CHK CMPTR-RUD SVO LINES
5 5 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
 File DESCRIPTION Page 20
6 6 *IF NFF RAR RUD SVO
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

103 362
1 LH CPL ON 1 06 RUDDER SVO TST
2 2 RUD STOP CMD FAIL
3 RESET AFCS CMPTR & ADU 3
4 IF STILL NOT OK 4 *CHK CMPTR-RUD SVO LINES
5 *CHK ASCB LINES TO ADU 5 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
6 *RAR ADU 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

104 363
1 LH CPL OFF (LT TST OK?) 1 06 RUDDER SVO TST
2 FD FAIL MSG ON EADI 2 RUD/ELEV X-FEED FAIL
3 TRY SEVERAL PWR-UPS 3
4 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 4 CHK CMPTR TO RUD & ELEV
5 *RAR CTL PNL 5 SVO LINES
6 *CHK CMPTR/CTL PNL LINES 6
7 1CA BA65/66 TO 3CA 17/18 7
 File DESCRIPTION Page 21
8 1CA BB89 TO 3CA 57 8
9 1CA BB96/97 TO 3CA 5/6 9
10 1CA BB98/99 TO 3CA 3/4 10
11 1CA BB100/101 TO 3CA 7/8 11
12 1CA BB102/103 TO 3CA 1/2 12
13 1CA BB106 TO 3CA 47 13
14 THEN 28V TO 3CA 19/20 14

105 364
1 NOTHING ON ADU AT PWR-UP 1 06 RUDDER SVO TST
2 2 RUD/AIL X-FEED FAIL
3 *CHK ADU PWR SPLY 3
4 *RAR ADU 4 CHK CMPTR TO RUD & AIL
5 5 SVO LINES
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

106 365
1 ALT SEL ----- FT ON ADU 1 07 PITCH TRIM TST
2 2 TRIM CMD FAIL
3 SELECT HDG & VS MODES 3
4 WHAT IS HAPPENING? 4 *CHK MAN TRM OPERATION
5 5 *CHK RLY 17CG ATR42-300
6 6 *CHK RLY 58CG 72 & 42-500
7 7 *CHK CMPTR BA59/60/63 TO
8 8 TRIM ACTUATOR LINES
9 9 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
 File DESCRIPTION Page 22
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

107 366
1 FD FAIL & AFCS INVALID 1 20 AHRS TST
2 2 L/R AHRS ASCB DATA FAIL
3 *SET WOW SW ON NORM 3
4 *GOTO FFS 4 RAR AHRS
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

108 367
1 FD ENGD W/OUT ANY FAULT 1 20 AHRS TST
2 2 L/R AHRS BIT[1+2(3+4)]
3 *SET WOW SW ON FLT 3
4 *UNARM GUST LOCK 4 RAR AHRS
5 *CENTER FD BARS ON EADI 5
6 *ENGAGE YD THEN AP 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
 File DESCRIPTION Page 23
12 12
13 13
14 14

109 368
1 AP/YD ENGAGED - NO FAIL 1 20 AHRS TST
2 2 L/R AHRS INTFC[] FAIL
3 MAKE AP WORK VIA FD CMD 3
4 4 *CHK AHRS-SGU ASCB LINE
5 5 *IF NFF RAR AHRS
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

110 369
1 AP INVALID/AFCS INVALID 1 20 AHRS TST
2 2 L/R AHRS ERECT SW FAIL
3 *SET WOW SW ON NORM 3
4 *GOTO FFS 4 *CHK ERECT SW TO AHRS
5 5 AA15/17 LINES
6 6 *IF NFF RAR AHRS
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
 File DESCRIPTION Page 24
14 14

111 370
1 AP OR YD MNL DISENGAGE 1 21 DADC TST
2 OR ENGAGE INHIBIT 2 L/R DADC BUS DATA FAIL
3 3
4 RUN GMT 40 4 RAR ADC
5 IF NFF CHK QRC SW 5
6 CONNECTIONS IN YOKES 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

112 372
1 NO ENG & NO MSG ON ADU 1 21 DADC TST
2 2 L/R ADC/ALTM INTFC FAIL
3 RUN GMT 02 & 03 3
4 IF NFF CHK ADU-CTL PNL 4 *CHK ADC-ALTM LINES
5 LINES 5 *IF NFF RAR ALTIMETER
6 6 *IF NFF RAR ADC
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 25

113 373
1 AP OR YD AUTO DISENGAGE 1 21 DADC TST
2 2 L/R ADC/VSI INTFC FAIL
3 AFTER 1ST MSG RESET MSG 3
4 ON ADU? 4 *CHK ADC-VSI LINES
5 5 *IF NFF RAR VSI
6 IF NOTHING DSPLD, ATR42-300 6 *IF NFF RAR ADC
7 DISENGAGEMENT CAUSED BY ATR42-300 7
8 S/WRN OR PIT TRM ASYM ATR42-300 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

114 374
1 AP WORKS WITH NO FAULT 1 21 DADC TST
2 2 L/R ADC/ASI IAS(VMO)FAIL
3 GOTO FFS 3
4 4 *CHK ADC-ASI LINES
5 5 *IF NFF RAR ASI
6 6 *IF NFF RAR ADC
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 26

202 ATR42-300 375

1 FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY ATR42-300 1 21 DADC TST
2 ATR42-300 2 L/R ADC BARO ALTSEL FAIL
3 CHK ALL FLAGS BEFORE ATR42-300 3
4 REPLACE/REPAIR ATR42-300 4 *RAR ALTIMETER
5 5 *IF NFF RAR ADC
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

203 72 & 42-500 376

1 FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY 72 & 42-500 1 21 DADC TST
2 72 & 42-500 2 L/R ASI/EFIS INTFC FAIL
3 CHK ALL FLAGS BEFORE 72 & 42-500 3
4 REPLACE/REPAIR 72 & 42-500 4 *CHK ASI-SGU SPD DEV
5 5 LINES
6 6 *IF NFF RAR ASI
7 7 *IF NFF RAR SGU
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 27

205 400
1 ADC BIT DEFINITION 1 22 EFIS TST
2 2 L/R SNSR STS 1/2 FAIL
3 CHK ALL FLAGS BEFORE 3
4 REPLACE/REPAIR 4 *RUN SGU1/2 PROG PIN TST
5 5 *CHK WITH ASM 347200
6 6 (PIN PROGRAMMING)
7 7 *IF PROG PINS OK CHK ALL
8 8 SNSORS ARE ON & ACTIVE
9 9 *IF ALL OK SWAP SGUS
10 10 *IF NFF CHK LINES FM
11 11 SNSOR TO SGU
12 12 *RAR SGU
13 13
14 14

210 401
1 NORMAL ACC MONITOR 1 22 EFIS TST
2 2 L/R EFIS PROG PINS FAIL
3 RUN GMT 02 & 20 3
4 4 *CHK PROG PIN AS PER
5 IF NFF 5 ASM 347200
6 *EXTREMELY HEAVY TURB? 6 (PIN PROGRAMMING)
7 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 7 *IF NFF RAR SGU
8 *CHK FLAP SWITCHES 8
9 *RAR CTL PNL 9
10 *RAR AHRS 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 28

211 402
1 ELEV SVO FB MON/SVO MON 1 22 EFIS TST
2 2 L/R EFIS FGC INTFC FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *ELEV SVO(IF NO MOD J) 4 *CHK SGU PWRD & OK
5 *SVO DRV & TACHO LINES 5 *IF NFF CHK AFCS CMPTR
6 6 TO SGU ASCB
7 7 *IF NFF RAR SGU
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

212 403
1 AIL SVO FB MON/SVO MON 1 22 EFIS TST
2 2 L/R EADI(EHSI) RSTR FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *AIL SVO(IF NO MOD J) 4 4 MSG CAN BE DISPLAYED:
5 *SVO DRV & TACHO LINES 5 L/R EADI RASTER FAIL
6 6 L/R EHSI RASTER FAIL
7 7 L TO R EADI RASTER FAIL
8 8 L TO R EHSI RASTER FAIL
9 9 *IF ALL 4 MSG RAR SGU
10 10 *IF BOTH EADI OR BOTH
11 11 EHSI MSG DSPLD RAR SGU
12 12 *IF ONLY 1 MSG OR 1 EADI
13 13 MSG AND 1 EHSI MSG THEN
14 14 RAR CRT
 File DESCRIPTION Page 29

213 404
1 RUD SVO FB MON/SVO MON 1 22 EFIS TST
2 2 L/R EADI(EHSI) STRK FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *RUD SVO(IF NO MOD J) 4 4 MSG CAN BE DISPLAYED:
5 *SVO DRV & TACHO LINES 5 L/R EADI STROKE FAIL
6 6 L/R EHSI STROKE FAIL
7 7 L TO R EADI STROKE FAIL
8 8 L TO R EHSI STROKE FAIL
9 9 *IF ALL 4 MSG RAR SGU
10 10 *IF BOTH EADI OR BOTH
11 11 EHSI MSG DSPLD RAR SGU
12 12 *IF ONLY 1 MSG OR 1 EADI
13 13 MSG AND 1 EHSI MSG THEN
14 14 RAR CRT

214 405
1 PITCH CLOSURE MONITOR 1 22 EFIS TST
2 2 L EFIS CNTRL FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK ELEV CABLE TENSION 4 *CHK ECP PB & KNOB
5 *RAR ELEV SVO 5 IF NFF RAR ECP
6 *RAR AHRS 6 *IF REVERSION SW FAIL
7 7 CHK SW & LINES TO ECP
8 8 IF NFF RAR ECP
9 9 *CHK CRS1/HDG CTLR
10 10 *IF STILL FAIL CHK LINES
11 11 TO SGU1
12 12 IF OK RAR CRS1/HDG CTLR
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 30

215 406
1 ROLL CLOSURE MONITOR 1 22 EFIS TST
2 2 R EFIS CNTRL FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK ROLL CABLE TENSION 4 *CHK ECP PB & KNOB
5 *RAR AIL SVO 5 IF NFF RAR ECP
6 *RAR AHRS 6 *IF REVERSION SW FAIL
7 7 CHK SW & LINES TO ECP
8 8 IF NFF RAR ECP
9 9 *CHK ALT/CRS2 CTLR
10 10 *IF STILL FAIL CHK LINES
11 11 TO SGU2
12 12 IF OK RAR ALT/CRS2 CTLR
13 13
14 14

216 410
1 YAW CLOSURE MON 1 40 COCKPIT SW TST
2 2 P(CP) AP DISC FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK RUD CABLE TENSION 4 *CHK AP QRC & LINES
5 *RAR RUD SVO 5 TO CMPTR BA54/66
6 *RAR AHRS 6 *IF OK & FAIL AT CTL TST
7 7 RAR CTL PNL
8 8 *IF FAIL IN THIS TST
9 9 ONLY RAR AFCS CMPTR
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 31

217 411
1 AIL SVO MOTION MON 1 40 COCKPIT SW TST
2 2 P(CP) GO AROUND FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK/RAR AIL SVO 4 *CHK GA-CTL PNL A59 LINE
5 *HEAVY TURBULENCES? 5 *IF OK & FAIL AT CTL PNL
6 *PILOT HOLDS YOKE? 6 TST RAR CTL PNL
7 7 *IF FAIL IN THIS TST
8 8 ONLY RAR AFCS CMPTR
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

218 412
1 ELEV SVO MOTION MON 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 P(CP) TCS FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK/RAR ELEV SVO 4 *CHK TCS-CTL PNL A60 &
5 *HEAVY TURBULENCES? 5 LINES
6 *PILOT HOLDS YOKE? 6 *IF OK & FAIL AT CTL TST
7 7 RAR CTL PNL
8 8 *IF FAIL IN THIS TST
9 9 ONLY RAR AFCS CMPTR
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 32

219 413
1 RUD SVO MOTION MON 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 AP DISENGAGE ANNUN FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK/RAR RUD SVO 4 *CHK AP OFF LT BULBS
5 *HEAVY TURBULENCES? 5 *CHK CTL PNL A75-LIGHT
6 *PILOT HOLDS FLT CTL? 6 LINE
7 7 *RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

220 414
1 SVO SWNG MON(A OR B) 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 LAMP TEST FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK AP QRC ON YOKE 4 *CHK LT TST SW & LINE TO
5 *CHK CMPTR AA1/4-CB 20CA 5 CTL PNL
6 *CHK GND ON CMPTR AA2 6 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 33
221 415
1 SERIAL I/O FAIL 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 FLAP POS XX FAIL
3 *RAR CTL PNL 3
4 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 4 *CHK FLAP SW TO CTL PNL
5 *CHK CMPTR-CTL PNL LINES 5 A64/70/71/73
6 6 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

231 416
1 ELEV TRM RUNAWAY MON 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 AP DISC HORN FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *RAR PIT TRM ACTR 4 *CHK CAC ATR42-300
5 *CHK ACTUATOR LINES 5 *CHK MFC 72 & 42-500
6 6 LINES TO CTL PNL A74
7 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

232 417
1 ELEV TRM INOP MON 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
 File DESCRIPTION Page 34
2 2 EXCESS DEV ANNUN FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *RAR PIT TRM ACTUATOR 4 *CHK GUIDANCE LT
5 *TRM ACTR DRV SIG GNDED 5 *IF NFF CHK CTL PNL A15
6 6 TO LIGHT LINES
7 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

233 418
1 PIT/ROL/RUD/TRM SVO AMP 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 ALT ALERT LAMP FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *RAR INVOLVED SVO 4 *CHK ALERT LT ON ASI
5 *CHK CMPTR-SVO LINES 5 *IF NFF CHK CTL PNL A36
6 BA55/56 FOR PIT SVO 6 TO ASI LINES
7 BA57/58 FOR ROLL SVO 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 AA63/64 FOR YAW SVO 8
9 BA59/60 FOR TRM ACTR 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

234 419
1 SVO PWR RLY FAIL 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 ALT ALERT HORN FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
 File DESCRIPTION Page 35
4 *CHK 28 ON CMPTR BB65/67 4 *CHK CAC ATR42-300
5 *CHK 28 ON CMPTR AA1/4 5 *CHK MFC 72 & 42-500
6 6 LINES TO CTL PNL A39
7 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

235 420
1 ELEV TRM ENG FAIL 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 CAT2 INVALID HORN FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK 28V ON CMPTR BB66 4 *CHK CAC ATR42-300
5 5 *CHK MFC 72 & 42-500
6 6 LINES TO CTL PNL A10
7 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

236 421
1 SVO OFF AND/OR GATE FAIL 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 CAT2 INV ANNUN FAIL
3 RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 4 *CHK GUIDANCE LT
5 5 *IF NFF CHK CTL PNL A10
 File DESCRIPTION Page 36
6 6 TO LT LINES
7 7 *IF NFF RAR CTL PNL
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

240 422
1 AP/YD/TRM CLTCH D FAIL 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 P RAD ALT SELF TST FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *RAR YAW SVO 4 *CHK RAD ALT-AFCS CMPTR
5 *CHK YD CLUTCH LINES 5 BB26/27 LINES
6 BA61 FOR AP SVOS 6 *IF RAD ALT 100FT TST OK
7 AA58 FOR YD SVO 7 ON EADI RAR AFCS CMPTR
8 BA63 FOR TRM ACTR 8 *IF 100FT TST FAIL CHK
9 9 ECP A34,35-SGU AA89,90
10 10 LINES
11 11 *CHK SGU AB95 TO RAD ALT
12 12 LINES
13 13 *IF ALL OK RAR SGU
14 14

241 423
1 YD ENG TST FAIL 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 P/CP NAV RCVR TST INH
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK 28V ON CMPTR BB67 4 *CHK AFCS CMPTR BB85 TO
5 *CHK 28V ON CMPTR AA1 5 VOR RCVR LINES
6 6 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
7 7
 File DESCRIPTION Page 37
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

242 424
1 AP ENG TST FAIL 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 STBY TRM SW UP(DN) FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK 28V ON CMPTR BB65 4 *CHK STBY TRM SW & LINES
5 *CHK 28V ON CMPTR AA4 5 TO AFCS CMPTR BB54/66
6 *CHK 28V ON CMPTR BB54 6 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

243 425
1 ADI INTERFACE FAILURE 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 R(L) DYN ROD TST FAIL
3 *RAR AFCS CMPTR 3
4 *CHK ADI LINES SHORTED 4 *CHK DYN ROD TO AFCS
5 BB48/49 5 CMPTR BB67 LINES
6 BB58/59 6 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
7 BA12/13 7
8 BA35/36 8
9 BB53/AA7 9
 File DESCRIPTION Page 38
10 AA37/7 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

250 426
1 RAR AFCS CMPTR 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 AP OFF ANNUN/HORN FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK AP OFF CIRCUITS TO
5 5 CAC AP OFF INPUT ATR42-300
6 6 MFC AP OFF INPUT 72 & 42-500
7 7 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

260 427
1 RAR ADC 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 P(CP) TRM DISC FAIL
3 3
4 4 *CHK AP QRC & LINES TO
5 5 AFCS CMPTR BB54/66
6 6 *IF NFF RAR AFCS CMPTR
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
 File DESCRIPTION Page 39
12 12
13 13
14 14

261 428
1 BARO CORRECTION 1 40 COCKPIT SWITCHES TST
2 2 P(CP) TRM SW UP(DN) FAIL
3 *CHK ALT A/X,Y,Z TO 3
4 ADC AA37/36/35 LINES 4 *CHK TRIM SW & LINES TO
5 *RAR ALTM 5 AFCS CMPTR BB54/66
6 *RAR ADC 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

262 429
1 TEMP PROBE UNREASONABLE 1 41 SUBSYSTEMS TST
2 PROBE MISWIRED OR FAIL 2 L(R) AHRS FGC INTFC FAIL
3 3
4 *CHK TEMP(A-G,H,K) TO ATR42-300 4 *IF AHRS OK CHK AHRS TO
5 ADC1 AA74/73/72 LINES ATR42-300 5 AFCS CMPTR ASCB
6 *CHK TEMP(A-F,E,J) TO ATR42-300 6 *IF NFF RAR L(R) AHRS
7 ADC1 AA74/73/72 LINES ATR42-300 7
8 *RAR TEMP PROBE ATR42-300 8
9 *RAR ADC ATR42-300 9
10 10
11 *CHK TEMP(A-E,J) TO 72 & 42-500 11
12 ADC1 AA73/72 LINES 72 & 42-500 12
13 *CHK TEMP(A-E,J) TO 72 & 42-500 13
 File DESCRIPTION Page 40
14 ADC2 AA73/72 LINES 72 & 42-500 14
*RAR TEMP PROBE 72 & 42-500
*RAR ADC 72 & 42-500

263 431
1 AIRCRAFT ID 1 41 SUBSYSTEMS TST
2 2 L(R) ADC FGC INTFC FAIL
3 CHK THE 6 ID PINS ON ADC 3
4 (ASM 341100) 4 *IF ADC OK CHK ADC TO
5 IF NFF RAR ADC 5 AFCS CMPTR ASCB
6 6 *IF NFF RAR L(R) ADC
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14

264 432
1 INDICATED AIRSPEED 1 41 SUBSYSTEMS TST
2 2 L(R) EFIS FGC INTFC FAIL
3 *CHK ASI A-R TO 3
4 ADC AA44 LINES 4 *IF SGU OK CHK SGU TO
5 *RAR ADC 5 AFCS CMPTR ASCB
6 6 *IF NFF RAR L(R) SGU
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
 File DESCRIPTION Page 41

265
1 ALT FINE RESOLVER
2
3 *CHK ASI(A-U,V) TO
4 ADC(AA26/27) LINES
5 *RAR ADC
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
 File CHOICE

1 YD DISENGAGED STEADY 3
1 YD DISENGAGED FLASHING 8
1 AP DISENGAGED STEADY 7
1 AP DISENGAGED FLASHING 4
1 AP/YD DISENGAGED STEADY 3
1 AP/YD DISENGAGED FLASH 8
1 CPL DATA INVALID 10
1 DISENG ANNUN DATA FAULT 30
1 ADVISORY FAULT 31
1 ENGAGE INHIBIT 35
1 PITCH TRIM FAIL 65
1 PITCH MISTRIM 66
1 RETRIM ROLL WING DN 67
1 AILERON MISTRIM 68
1 UNKNOWN 9
2 AHRS DATA INVALID 11
2 DADC DATA INVALID 12
2 AP/AFCS INVALID 13
2 DASHED LINE(---------) 15
2 NOTHING 16
3 GMT 40 FAULT MESSAGES 17
4 AP INVALID 14
4 NO MORE MESSAGE 29 ATR42-300
4 UNKNOWN 9
6 GMT 06 FAULT MESSAGES 21
6 GMT 20 FAULT MESSAGES 22
6 GMT 21 FAULT MESSAGES 23
8 AHRS DATA INVALID 11
8 DADC DATA INVALID 12
8 AFCS INVALID 13
8 DASHED LINE(---------) 15
8 UNKNOWN 6
10 L SENSOR STATUS X FAIL 400
10 L EFIS PROG PINS FAIL 401
10 L EFIS FGC INTFC FAIL 402
10 L EADI(EHSI)RASTER FAIL 403
10 L EADI(EHSI)STROKE FAIL 404
10 L EFIS CNTRL FAIL 405
10 R EFIS CNTRL FAIL 406
11 GMT 20 FAULT MESSAGES 22
12 GMT 21 FAULT MESSAGES 23
15 GMT 01 FAULT MESSAGES 24
15 GMT 02 FAULT MESSAGES 25
16 GMT 40 FAULT MESSAGES 17
17 P or CP AP DSCT FAIL 410
17 P or CP GO AROUND FAIL 411
17 P or CP TCS FAIL 412
17 AP DISENGAGE ANNUN FAIL 413
17 LAMP TEST FAIL 414
17 FLAP POS XX FAIL 415
17 AP DSCT HORN FAIL 416
17 EXCESS DEV ANNUN FAIL 417
17 ALT ALERT LAMP FAIL 418
17 ALT ALERT HORN FAIL 419
17 CAT 2 INV HORN FAIL 420
17 CAT 2 INV ANNUN FAIL 421
17 P RADALT SELF TST FAIL 422
17 P/CP NAVRCVR TST INH FA 423
17 STBY TRM SW UP(DN)FAIL 424
17 R(L)DYN ROD TEST FAIL 425
17 AP OFF ANNUN/HORN FAIL 426
17 P/CP TRIM DSCT FAIL 427
 File CHOICE

17 P/CP TRM SW UP(DN)FAIL 428

18 ELEV CW/CCW CMD FAIL 351
18 ELEV STOP CMD FAIL 352
18 ELEV/AIL X-FEED FAIL 353
18 ELEV/RUD X-FEED FAIL 354
19 AIL CW or CCW CMD FAIL 356
19 AIL STOP CMD FAIL 357
19 AIL/ELEV X-FEED FAIL 358
19 AIL/RUD X-FEED FAIL 359
21 RUD CW or CCW CMD FAIL 361
21 RUD STOP CMD FAIL 362
21 RUD/ELEV X-FEED FAIL 363
21 RUD/AIL X-FEED FAIL 364
20 TRIM CMD FAIL 365
22 L/R AHRS ASCB DATA FAIL 366
22 L/R AHRS BIT 367
22 L/R AHRS INTFC FAIL 368
22 L/R AHRS ERECT SW FAIL 369
23 L/R ADC BUS DATA FAIL 370
23 L/R ADC DATA VALID FAIL 204
23 L/R ADC/ALTI INTFC FAIL 372
23 L/R ADC/VSI INTFC FAIL 373
23 L/R ADC/ASI INTFC FAIL 374
23 L/R ADC BARO ALSEL FAIL 375
23 L/R ASI/EFIS INTFC FAIL 376
24 AFCS BIT RAM FAIL 301
24 AFCS BIT ROM CKSUM FAIL 301
24 AFCS BIT I/O INTFC FAIL 301
24 AFCS BIT H/W MON FAIL 301
24 AFCS BIT A/B SYNC FAIL 301
24 AP SVO INTFC FAIL 303
24 YD SVO INTFC FAIL 304
24 AFCS BIT SVO INTFC FAIL 305
25 FD BUTTON FAIL 321
25 AP or YD or CPL PB FAIL 321
25 RST/L SEL/R SEL PB FAIL 322
25 ANNUN VALID FAIL 323
25 ONE ARROW FAIL 325
25 AP DISENGAGE ANNUN FAIL 326
25 LAMP TEST FAIL 327
25 P or CP GO AROUND FAIL 328
25 P or CP TCS FAIL 329
25 FLAP POS XX FAIL 330
25 PITCH THUMBWHEEL FAIL 331
25 AP DSCT HORN FAIL 332
25 EXCESS DEV ANNUN FAIL 333
25 ALT ALERT LAMP FAIL 334
25 ALT ALERT HORN FAIL 335
25 CAT 2 OFF HORN FAIL 336
25 CAT 2 OFF ANNUN FAIL 337
25 GS CAP RAD ALT INH FAIL 338
25 STALL WARNING FAIL 339
26 L(R)AHRS FGC INTFC FAIL 429
26 L(R)ADC FGC INTFC FAIL 431
26 L(R)EFIS FGC INTFC FAIL 432
27 AP/YD DIS MSG FAIL 341
27 MESSAGE DISPLAY FAIL 342
27 RST/L SEL/R SEL PB FAIL 343
28 L(R)SNSOR STATUS X FAIL 400
28 L(R)EFIS PROG PINS FAIL 401
28 L(R)FGC EFIS INTFC FAIL 402
28 L(R)EADI(EHSI)RSTR FAIL 403
 File CHOICE

28 L(R)EADI(AHSI)STRK FAIL 404

28 L EFIS CNTRL FAIL 405
28 R EFIS CNTRL FAIL 406
50 GMT 01 FAULT MESSAGES 24
50 GMT 02 FAULT MESSAGES 25
50 GMT 03 FAULT MESSAGES 27
50 GMT 04 FAULT MESSAGES 18
50 GMT 05 FAULT MESSAGES 19
50 GMT 06 FAULT MESSAGES 21
50 GMT 07 FAULT MESSAGES 20
50 GMT 20 FAULT MESSAGES 22
50 GMT 21 FAULT MESSAGES 23
50 GMT 22 FAULT MESSAGES 28
50 GMT 40 FAULT MESSAGES 17
50 GMT 41 FAULT MESSAGES 26
101 ALT SEL -----FT 106
101 DASHED LINE(---------) 102
101 NOTHING 105
102 LEFT CPL ARROW IS ON 103
102 LEFT CPL ARROW IS OFF 104
106 NO FD ENG-DADC DATA INV 12
106 NO FD ENG-AHRS DATA INV 11
106 FD FAIL(EADI)& AFCS INV 107
106 FD ENGD W/OUT PROBLEM 108
106 NO ENG W/OUT MSG ON ADU 112
107 FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY 201
108 ENGAGE INHIBIT ON ADU 111
108 NO ENG-AHRS DATA INV 11
108 NO ENG-DADC DATA INV 12
108 AP/YD ENGD-NO PROBLEM 109
109 AP WORKS W/OUT PROBLEM 114
109 DISENG WITH AP/AFCS INV 110
110 FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY 201
111 GMT 40 FAULT MESSAGES 17
112 GMT 02 FAULT MESSAGES 25
112 GMT 03 FAULT MESSAGES 27
113 AHRS DATA INVALID 11
113 DADC DATA INVALID 12
113 AP INVALID 110
113 AFCS INVALID 110
303 GMT 04 FAULT MESSAGES 18
303 GMT 05 FAULT MESSAGES 19
304 GMT 06 FAULT MESSAGES 21
305 YD SVO INTFC FAIL 306
305 AP SVO INTFC FAIL 307
305 PIT TRIM SV INTFC FAIL 308
305 YD SVO FAIL 309
305 AP/PITTRM SVO INTFC FAI 310
306 GMT 06 FAULT MESSAGES 21
307 GMT 04 FAULT MESSAGES 18
307 GMT 05 FAULT MESSAGES 19
210 GMT 02 FAULT MESSAGES 25
210 GMT 20 FAULT MESSAGES 22
TERMINE
 File FFS

202 NORMAL ACC LIMITS 210 A12

202 ELEV SVO FEEDBACK 211 A13
202 AILERON SVO FEEDBACK 212 A14
202 RUDDER SVO FEEDBACK 213 A15
202 PITCH CLOSURE 214 A16
202 ROLL CLOSURE 215 A17
202 YAW CLOSURE 216 A18
202 AILERON SVO MOTION 217 A19
202 ELEV SVO MOTION 218 A1A
202 RUDDER SVO MOTION 219 A1B
202 SVO SWNG MON (A) 220 A24
202 SERIAL I/O FAIL 221 A25
202 A/D 10V INPUT FAIL 250 A26
202 A/D 15V INPUT FAIL 250 A27
202 A/D GND INPUT FAIL 250 A28
202 A/D OFFSET FAIL 250 A29
202 5V ISOLATED FAIL 250 A2A
202 BPROC EXCES HBM RST 250 A2B
202 APROC TICKETING FAIL 250 A2C
202 ROLL D/A FAIL 250 A2D
202 PITCH D/A FAIL 250 A2E
202 RUDDER SVO MON 213 B11
202 SERIAL I/O FAIL 221 B12
202 REALTIME LOOP FAIL 250 B14
202 8.33 REALTIME LOOP FAIL 250 B15
202 EXCES HBM RSTS 250 B16
202 A/D CONV FAIL 250 B17
202 SVO SWNG MON (B) 220 B18
202 AILERON SVO MON 212 B1B
202 BPROC TICKET FAIL 250 B1C
202 ELEV SVO MON 211 B1D
202 ELEV TRM RUNAWAY 231 B1F
202 ELEV TRM INOP 232 B20
202 RUDDER SVO MON 213 B21
202 SERIAL I/O FAIL 221 B22
202 REALTIME LOOP FAIL 250 B24
202 8.33 REALTIME LOOP FAIL 250 B25
202 EXCES HBM RSTS 250 B26
202 A/D CONV FAIL 250 B27
202 SVO SWNG MON 220 B28
202 AILERON SVO MON 212 B2B
202 BPROC TICKET FAIL 250 B2C
202 ELEV SVO MON 211 B2D
202 ELEV TRM RUNAWAY 231 B2F
202 ELEV TRM PULLUP RES FAIL 250 C10
202 ELEV TRM SVO EN RLY FAIL 235 C12
202 SVO PW OFF 'OR'GATE FAIL 236 C15
202 ELEV TRM PRE-ENG FAIL 235 C16
202 SVOS OFF 'AND'GATE FAIL 236 C17
202 ELEV TRM PRE-DRV FAIL 235 C18
202 ELEV TRM ENG TST FAIL 235 C1A
202 AP/YD SVO PWR RLY FAIL 234 C1C
202 ELEV TRM SVO AMP FAIL 233 C1F
202 ELEV TRM CLTCH DIODE FAI 240 C20
202 FD AMP FAIL 243 C22
202 FD BAR BIAS FAIL 243 C23
202 A/D CALIBRATION FAIL 250 C24
202 SVO PWR ENABLE FAIL 250 C26
202 BUS ENABLE INHIBIT FAIL 250 C27
 File FFS

202 PWR SPLY MON RST FAIL 250 C2A

202 RAM FAIL 250 C2C
202 MEMORY CHECKSUM FAIL 250 C2D
202 LATCHED PWR VALID FAIL 250 C2E
202 D/A WRAPAROUND FAIL 250 C2F
202 PREFLT TICKET FAIL 250 C37
202 HBM RST INTERLK TST FAIL 250 C3B
202 HBM FAIL (LONG) 250 C3C
202 HBM FAIL (SHORT) 250 C3D
202 PWR INTRPT INTERLK FAIL 250 C3E
202 200 PWR DOWN TIMER FAIL 250 C3F
202 AP PULLUP RES FAIL 250 C40
202 YD PULLUP RES FAIL 250 C41
202 AP SVO ENG RLY FAIL 242 C42
202 YD SVO ENG RLY FAIL 241 C43
202 AP SVO PWR RLY FAIL 234 C44
202 YD SVO PWR RLY FAIL 234 C45
202 SVO PWR OFF 'OR'GATE FAI 236 C46
202 SVOS OFF 'AND'GATE FAIL 236 C47
202 AP PREENG COND FAIL 242 C49
202 YD PREENG COND FAIL 241 C4A
202 AP ENG TST FAIL 242 C4D
202 YD ENG TST FAIL 241 C4E
202 SVO PWR PRE-ENABLE FAIL 234 C4F
202 AP CLUTCH DIODE FAIL 240 C50
202 YD CLUTCH DIODE FAIL 240 C51
202 A/D CALIBRATION FAIL 250 C54
202 PROC VALID FAIL 250 C55
202 SVO PWR ENABLE FAIL 250 C56
202 STATUS TRANFER RAM FAIL 250 C57
202 INTERNAL SERIAL I/O FAIL 250 C58
202 5V OVERVOLTAGE MON FAIL 250 C59
202 5V UNDERVOLTAGE MON FAIL 250 C5A
202 RAM FAIL 250 C5C
202 MEMORY CHECKSUM FAIL 250 C5D
202 LATCHED PWR VALID FAIL 250 C5E
202 D/A WRAPAROUND FAIL 250 C5F
202 AILERON SVO AMP FAIL 233 C60
202 ELEV SVO AMP FAIL 233 C61
202 YD SVO AMP FAIL 233 C62
202 PREFLT TST TICKET FAIL 250 C67
202 HBM RST INTERLK TST FAIL 250 C6B
202 HEARBEAT MON FAIL (LONG) 250 C6C
202 HBM FAIL (SHORT) 250 C6D
202 PWR INTRPT INTERLK FAIL 250 C6E
202 200 PWR DOWN TIMER FAIL 250 C6F
203 NORMAL ACC LIMITS 210 A12
203 ELEV SVO FEEDBACK 211 A13
203 AILERON SVO FEEDBACK 212 A14
203 RUDDER SVO FEEDBACK 213 A15
203 PITCH CLOSURE 214 A16
203 ROLL CLOSURE 215 A17
203 YAW CLOSURE 216 A18
203 AILERON SVO MOTION 217 A19
203 ELEV SVO MOTION 218 A1A
203 RUDDER SVO MOTION 219 A1B
203 SVO SWNG MON (A) 220 A24
203 SERIAL I/O FAIL 221 A25
203 A/D 10V INPUT FAIL 250 A26
 File FFS

203 A/D 15V INPUT FAIL 250 A27

203 A/D GND INPUT FAIL 250 A28
203 A/D OFFSET FAIL 250 A29
203 5V ISOLATED FAIL 250 A2A
203 BPROC EXCES HEARTBT RST 250 A2B
203 APROC TICKETING FAIL 250 A2C
203 ROLL D/A FAIL 250 A2D
203 PITCH D/A FAIL 250 A2E
203 RUDDER SVO MON 213 B11
203 SERIAL I/O FAIL 221 B12
203 REALTIME LOOP FAIL 250 B14
203 8.33 REALTIME LOOP FAIL 250 B15
203 EXCES HEARTBT RSTS 250 B16
203 A/D CONV FAIL 250 B17
203 SVO SWNG MON (B) 220 B18
203 BPROC TICKET FAIL 250 B1B
203 LOOP COMPLETION FAULT 250 B1C
203 LOOP COMPLETION FAULT 250 B1D
203 LOOP COMPLETION FAULT 250 B1E
203 ELEV TRM INOP 232 B20
203 AILERON SVO MON 212 B22
203 ELEV SVO MON 211 B23
203 ELEV TRM RUNAWAY 231 B24
203 ELEV TRM PULLUP RES FAIL 250 C10
203 ELEV TRM SVO ENG RLY FAI 235 C12
203 SVO PWR OFF 'OR'GATE FAI 236 C15
203 ELEV TRM PRE-ENG FAIL 235 C16
203 SVOS OFF 'AND'GATE FAIL 236 C17
203 ELEV TRM PRE-DRV FAIL 235 C18
203 ELEV TRM ENG TST FAIL 235 C1A
203 AP OR YD SVO PWR RLY FAI 234 C1C
203 ELEV TRM SVO AMP FAIL 233 C1F
203 ELEV TRM CLTCH DIODE FAI 240 C20
203 FD AMP FAIL 243 C22
203 FD BAR BIAS FAIL 243 C23
203 A/D CALIBRATION FAIL 250 C24
203 SVO PWR ENABLE FAIL 250 C26
203 BUS ENABLE INHIBIT FAIL 250 C27
203 PWR SPLY MON RST FAIL 250 C2A
203 RAM FAIL 250 C2C
203 MEMORY CHECKSUM FAIL 250 C2D
203 LATCHED PWR VALID FAIL 250 C2E
203 D/A WRAPAROUND FAIL 250 C2F
203 PREFLT TICKET FAIL 250 C37
203 HBM RST INTERLK TST FAIL 250 C3B
203 HBM FAIL (LONG) 250 C3C
203 HBM FAIL (SHORT) 250 C3D
203 PWR INTRPT INTERLK FAIL 250 C3E
203 200 PWR DOWN TIMER FAIL 250 C3F
203 AP PULLUP RES FAIL 250 C40
203 YD PULLUP RES FAIL 250 C41
203 AP SVO ENG RLY FAIL 242 C42
203 YD SVO ENG RLY FAIL 241 C43
203 AP SVO PWR RLY FAIL 234 C44
203 YD SVO PWR RLY FAIL 234 C45
203 SVO PWR OFF 'OR'GATE FAI 236 C46
203 SVOS OFF 'AND'GATE FAIL 236 C47
203 AP PREENG COND FAIL 242 C49
203 YD PREENG COND FAIL 241 C4A
 File FFS

203 AP ENG TST FAIL 242 C4D

203 YD ENG TST FAIL 241 C4E
203 SVO PWR PRE-ENABLE FAIL 234 C4F
203 AP CLUTCH DIODE FAIL 240 C50
203 YD CLUTCH DIODE FAIL 240 C51
203 A/D CALIBRATION FAIL 250 C54
203 PROC VALID FAIL 250 C55
203 SVO PWR ENABLE FAIL 250 C56
203 STATUS TRANFER RAM FAIL 250 C57
203 INTERNAL SERIAL I/O FAIL 250 C58
203 5V OVERVOLTAGE MON FAIL 250 C59
203 5V UNDERVOLTAGE MON FAIL 250 C5A
203 RAM FAIL 250 C5C
203 MEMORY CHECKSUM FAIL 250 C5D
203 LATCHED PWR VALID FAIL 250 C5E
203 D/A WRAPAROUND FAIL 250 C5F
203 AILERON SVO AMP FAIL 233 C60
203 ELEV SVO AMP FAIL 233 C61
203 YD SVO AMP FAIL 233 C62
203 PREFLT TST TICKET FAIL 250 C67
203 HBM RST INTERLK TST FAIL 250 C6B
203 HBM FAIL (LONG) 250 C6C
203 HBM FAIL (SHORT) 250 C6D
203 PWR INTRPT INTERLK FAIL 250 C6E
203 200 PWR DOWN TIMER FAIL 250 C6F
205 BARO CORRECTION 261 A15
205 TEMP PROBE UNREASONABLE 262 A16
205 PT TEMP UNREASONABLE 260 A17
205 PT CONV CNT UNREASONABLE 260 A18
205 PS TEMP UNREASONABLE 260 A19
205 PS CONV CNT UNREASONABLE 260 A1A
205 D/A CONVERTER 260 A1B
205 5V PWR SPLY 260 A1C
205 AIRCRAFT ID 263 A1D
205 F/D CONVERTER 260 A1E
205 ROM CHECKSUM 260 A1F
205 INDICATED AIRSPEED 264 A2C
205 ALT COARSE/FINE SYNCHRO 260 A2D
205 ALT FINE RESOLVER 265 A2E
205 ALT COARSE DC 266 A2F
TERMINE
TCAS MAINTENANCE FUNCTION

SPECIFICATION

REFERENCE DO/TY 3168/04 Ed.01

Page 1 sur 10
 TCAS MAINTENANCE FUNCTION

Purpose
This appendix descrides the “TCAS” maintenance function to implement in the MPC.

Abbreviation
TCAS: Traffic alert Collision & Avoidance System

Description
This shall enable, at the end of the flight, the maintenance staff to display TCAS maintenance information
recorded during the flight.
This function shall be considered as an ACMS standard report.
The maintenance data from the TCAS shall be displayed on the MCDU through dedicated menu, for system
troubleshooting purpose.
The data for this displays shall be based on communication between TCAS and MPC through Arinc 429 interface.
The MPC shall initialize the dialogue by sending on Arinc 429 output the label 270 with bit 18 set to 1 (bit 18 set
to 0 to stop the transmission), and receive in return data on Arinc 429 label 356 with data following sheets added.

Applicable documents
N.A.

Electrical interface
1 Arinc 429 input from TCAS
1 Arinc 429 output to TCAS

Software level requirements

The software shall be in accordance with DO178B level D.

Page 2 sur 10
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 MAINTENANCE
2
3 < AFCS
4
5 < RAD COMM / RAD NAV
6
7 < PEC / EEC
8
9 < TCAS
10
11 < MFC
12
13 < RETURN

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 TCAS 1/X
2
3 MAINTENANCE MESSAGE
4 BEAM STEERING NETWORK
5
6
7 TROUBLESHOOTING
8 RAI 1SG TCAS
9
10
11
12
13 < RETURN PRINT*

Page 3 sur 10
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 TCAS 1/X
2
3 MAINTENANCE MESSAGE
4 RA DISPLAY BUS 2 WRAP A.
5
6
7 TROUBLESHOOTING
8 WRG 10FL2 VSI-2/1SG TCAS
9 RAI 10FL2 VSI-2
10
11
12
13

Page 4 sur 10
 Fault Word 0

Fault Word 0 77 (356)

Bit Value 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Label 356 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
bit
number
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Number
Tran Rec Pha Freq Prot Freq Top Top Bott Bott Tran Whi Bea CAL Auto DSP
smit eive se uen ocol uen Ante Ante om om smit sper m _PU tune Car
ter r Det cy Mon cy nna nna Ante Ante ter sho Stee LSE d
Cali Cali ecto Sou itor Sou Con nna nna ut ring _P
brati brati r rce rce nect Con Net WR
on on 109 103 ion nect wor
Top Bott 0 0 ion k
om

Page 5 sur 10
 Fault Word 1

Fault Word 1 77
(356)
Bit Value 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Label 356 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
bit
number
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Number
SP Cold Amb Nor Hot Sev Spa Spa Spa Spa Spa Spa Spa Spa Re Re
AID Tem ient mal Tem ere re re re re re re re re cei cei
Part p at Tem Tem p at Hot ver ver
num Fail p at p at Fail Tem Cal
ber Fail Fail p at ibr
Inva Fail ati
lid on
To
p

Page 6 sur 10
 Fault Word 2

Fault Word 2 77
(356)
Bit Value 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Label 356 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
bit
number
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Number
Spa CP CP Spa CP CP Spa CP CP CP Spa CP CP CP Sp CP
re US UI re US UI re US U UI re US U UI are US
Instr to to to to SP RA RA SP RO RO
ucti Dual Dual Glo Glo RA M M RO M M
ons Port Port bal bal M M
RA RA RA RA
M M M M

Page 7 sur 10
 Fault Word 3

Fault Word 3 77
(356)
Bit Value 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Label 356 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
bit
number
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Number
TA TA RA RA Mai XPN XPN Radi Radi Mai Hea Attit CP Spa CP CP
Disp Disp Disp Disp nt. DR DR o Alt o Alt nten ding ude UI re US UI
lay lay lay lay Bus 2 1 2 1 anc Bus Bus Cro Cr Ins
Bus Bus Bus Bus Wra Bus Bus Bus Bus e. Acti Acti ss oss tru
2 1 2 1 p Acti Acti Acti Acti Bus vity vity Che Ch ctio
Wra Wra Wra Wra Aro vity vity vity vity Acti ck eck ns
p p p p und vity
Aro Aro Aro Aro
und und und und

Page 8 sur 10
 Fault Word 4

Fault Word 4 77
(356)
Bit Value 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Label 356 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
bit
number
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Number
Radi CAS Res Coo Radi Radi A to Mag Radi Radi TA TA RA RA XP XP
o Alt Out oluti rdin o Alt o Alt D Hea o Alt o Alt Disp Disp Disp Disp ND ND
Digit put on atio Anal Anal Con ding Anal Anal lay lay lay lay R2 R1
al 1 Miss Mes n og 2 og 1 vert Anal og 2 og 1 2 1 2 1 Bu Bu
Bias ing sag Loc Bias Bias er og Acti Acti Stat Stat Stat Stat s s
e k Acti vity vity us us us us Wr Wr
Que Tim vity Disc Disc Disc Disc ap ap
ue eout rete rete rete rete Aro Aro
Full un un
d d

Page 9 sur 10
 Fault Word 5

Fault Word 5 77
(356)
Bit Value 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Label 356 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
bit
number
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Number
No Sign Pow AD AD AD MS NA AR CAS Bar Bar OW RA RA Ra
SR al er Tim Tim Tim Surv R Surv Acti ome o Alt N_ Disp Dis dio
U Proc Up eout eout eout eilla Surv eilla vity tric Cre MO lay pla Alt
Fail ess Fail Hea RAL RAL nce eilla nce Altit dibili DE_ 2 y1 Dig
ure or ding T2 T1 Acti nce Acti ude ty S_I BIT BIT ital
Dea vity Acti vity Acti D E E 2
d vity vity Faul Bia
t s

Page 10 sur 10
 LABEL 356 WORD 0
BIT MESSAGE TROUBLESHOOTING

9 DSP CARD RAI 1SG TCAS

10 AUTOTUNE RAI 1SG TCAS
11 CAL PULSE PWR RAI 1SG TCAS
12 BEAM STEERING NETWORK RAI 1SG TCAS
13 WHISPER SHOUT RAI 1SG TCAS
14 TRANSMITTER RAI 1SG TCAS
15 BOTTOM ANTENNA RAI 6SG BOTTOM ANTENNA
16 BOTTOM ANTENNA CONNECT CHECK WRG TCAS-B.ANTENNA
17 TOP ANTENNA RAI 5SG TOP ANTENNA
18 TOP ANTENNA CONNECTION CHECK WRG TCAS-T.ANTENNA
19 FREQUENCY SOURCE 1030 RAI 1SG TCAS
20 PROTOCOL MONITOR RAI 1SG TCAS
21 FREQUENCY SOURCE 1090 RAI 1SG TCAS
22 PHASE DETECTOR RAI 1SG TCAS
23 RCVR CAL BOTTOM RAI 1SG TCAS
24 XMTR CAL TOP RAI 1SG TCAS

LABEL 356 WORD 1

BIT MESSAGE TROUBLESHOOTING

9 RECEIVER RAI 1SG TCAS

10 RECEIVER CALIBRATION TOP RAI 1SG TCAS
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19 SEVERE HOT TEMP AT FAIL
20 HOT TEMP AT FAIL
21 NORMAL TEMP AT FAIL
22 AMBIENT TEMP AT FAIL
23 COLD TEMP AT FAIL
24 SP AID P/N INVALID

LABEL 356 WORD 2

BIT MESSAGE TROUBLESHOOTING

9 CPUS ROM RAI 1SG TCAS

10
11 CPUI ROM RAI 1SG TCAS
12 CPU SP ROM RAI 1SG TCAS
13 CPUS RAM RAI 1SG TCAS
14
15 CPUI RAM RAI 1SG TCAS
16 CPU SP RAM RAI 1SG TCAS
17 CPUS TO GLOBAL RAM RAI 1SG TCAS
18
19 CPUI TO GLOBAL RAM RAI 1SG TCAS
20 CPUS TO DUAL PORT RAM RAI 1SG TCAS
21
22 CPUI TO DUAL PORT RAM RAI 1SG TCAS
23 CPUS INSTRUCTIONS RAI 1SG TCAS
24
 LABEL 356 WORD 3
BIT MESSAGE TROUBLESHOOTING

9 CPUI INSTRUCTIONS RAI 1SG TCAS

10 CPUS CROSS CHECK RAI 1SG TCAS
11
12 CPUI CROSS CHECK RAI 1SG TCAS
13
14
15
16
17
18 XPNDR 1 BUS ACTIVITY WRG 1SG TCAS/1SH1 ATC1
19 XPNDR 2 BUS ACTIVITY WRG 1SG TCAS/1SH2 ATC2
20
21 RA DISPLAY BUS 1 WRAP A. WRG 10FL1 VSI-1/1SG TCAS
RAI 10FL1 VSI-1
22 RA DISPLAY BUS 2 WRAP A. WRG 10FL2 VSI-2/1SG TCAS
RAI 10FL2 VSI-2
23 TA DISPLAY BUS 1 WRAP A. WRG 10FL1 VSI-1/1SG TCAS
RAI 10FL1 VSI-1
24 TA DISPLAY BUS 2 WRAP A. WRG 10FL2 VSI-2/1SG TCAS
RAI 10FL2 VSI-2

LABEL 356 WORD 4

BIT MESSAGE TROUBLESHOOTING

9 XPNDR 1 BUS WRAP AROUND WRG 1SH1 ATC1/1SG TCAS

CHK ON ATC CTL DIAG CODE
RAI 1SH1 ATC/S1
10 XPNDR 2 BUS WRAP AROUND WRG 1SH2 ATC2/1SG TCAS
CHK ON ATC CTL DIAG CODE
RAI 1SH2 ATC/S2
11 RA DISPLAY 1 STATUS DISC WRG 10FL1 VSI-1/1SG TCAS
RAI 10FL1 VSI-1
12 RA DISPLAY 2 STATUS DISC WRG 10FL2 VSI-2/1SG TCAS
RAI 10FL2 VSI-2
13 TA DISPLAY 1 STATUS DISC WRG 10FL1 VSI-1/1SG TCAS
RAI 10FL1 VSI-1
14 TA DISPLAY 2 STATUS DISC WRG 10FL2 VSI-2/1SG TCAS
RAI 10FL2 VSI-2
15 RADIO ALTI ANALOG 1 ACT WRG 1SA R.ALTI/1SG TCAS
16 RAI 1SA R.ALTI
17 MAG HEADING ANALOG ACT WRG 1FP2 AHRS2/1SG TCAS
RAI 1FP2 AHRS2
18 ANALOG-DIGITAL CONVERTER RAI 1SG TCAS
19 RADIO ALTI ANALOG 1 BIAS WRG 1SA R.ALTI/1SG TCAS
RAI 1SA R.ALTI
20
21 COORD LOCK TIMEOUT RAI 1SG TCAS
22 RESOL MESSAGE QUEUE FULL RAI 1SG TCAS
23 CAS OUTPUT MISSING RAI 1SG TCAS
24
 LABEL 356 WORD 5
BIT MESSAGE TROUBLESHOOTING

9
10 RA DISPLAY 1 BITE WRG 10FL1 VSI-1/1SG TCAS
RAI 10FL1 VSI-1
11 RA DISPLAY 2 BITE WRG 10FL2 VSI-2/1SG TCAS
RAI 10FL2 VSI-2
12 OWN MODE S ID FAULT RAI SELECT 1SH1/2-ATC1/2
13 BARO ALTI CREDIBILITY WRG ADC1/2-ATC1/2
RAI 1FL1/2 ADC1/2
14 BARO ALTI ACTIVITY WRG ADC1/2-ATC1/2
RAI 1FL1/2 ADC1/2
15 CAS ACTIVITY RAI 1SG TCAS
16 AR SURVEILLANCE ACT RAI 1SG TCAS
17 NAR SURVEILLANCE ACT RAI 1SG TCAS
18 MS SURVEILLANCE ACT RAI 1SG TCAS
19 AD TIMEOUT RALT 1 RAI 1SG TCAS
20 AD TIMEOUT RALT 2 RAI 1SG TCAS
21 AD TIMEOUT HEADING RAI 1SG TCAS
22 POWER UP FAIL RAI 1SG TCAS
23 SIGNAL PROCESSOR DEAD RAI 1SG TCAS
24 NO SRU FAILURE RAI 1SG TCAS
MFC MAINTENANCE MEMORY READING
FUNCTION

REFERENCE DO/TY 3169/04

Page 1 sur 12
Purpose
This annex describes maintenance code reading inside the Multifunction Computer.

Tasks to be performed are:

- reading maintenance codes,
- presenting the codes in plain text,
- erasing the maintenance memory.

Abbreviations
FIFO First In First Out
FFM Flight Fault Memory
MCDU Multifunction Control and Display Unit
MFC MultiFunction Computer
WOW Weight On Wheel

Description
Description of MFC maintenance memory:
MFC concentrates maintenance codes from peripheral aircraft systems in a maintenance memory.
This maintenance memory is divided in two areas (ref figure 1):

• The first area called "Basic Memory":

It is divided into 10 systems, each system being able to record 14 different failure codes.
When failures occur in the same system, they will be stored following the chronological order.
Each failure is stored only once, even if the failure has been encountered several times,

• The second area called "Flight Fault Memory":

It is divided into 9 parts corresponding to the last 9 flights and is able to store the failures of the 10 systems.
Failures occuring during the first flight are stored in the first part,
failures occuring during the second flight are stored in the second part,
and so on.
At the 10th flight, codes are written in the older memory area (FIFO principle).

MFC memory areas are at the following addresses:

Basic memory :

Memory addresses
sys 1 : 4100 … 410F
sys 2 : 4110 … 411F
sys 3 : 4120 … 412F
sys 4 : 4130 … 413F
sys 5 : 4140 … 414F
sys 6 : 4150 … 415F
sys 7 : 4160 … 416F
sys 8 : 4170 … 417F
sys 9 : 4180 … 418F
sys10 : 4190 … 419F

Flight fault memory :

Implementation is identical from address 41B0 to 474F dispatched in 9 blocs:

Memory addresses
bloc 1 : 41B0 … 424F

Page 2 sur 12
 bloc 2 : 4250 … 42EF
bloc 3 : 42F0 … 438F
bloc 4 : 4390 … 442F
bloc 5 : 4430 … 44CF
bloc 6 : 44D0 … 456F
bloc 7 : 4570 … 460F
bloc 8 : 4610 … 46AF
bloc 9 : 46B0 … 474F

Each data bloc has the same capacity than the Basic memory.
Data bloc number corresponding to current flight (identified as V0) is at address 4760.
Data for previous flights are contained in “previous” bloc numbers.

Example : if (4760)=03, bloc 3 correspond to V0, bloc 2 to V-1, bloc 4 to V-8

Failure code recording logic :

1- a system memory without any failure code is filled with FF,
2- when MFC records failure codes:
• AA is first recorded (beginning of stack),
• Then codes are recorded,
• FF indicates End of stack ; if no code are recorded, beginning of stack is replaced by End of stack i.e. AA is
overwritten by FF ; if AA in begin of stack is not erased, this indicates that this part of stack is not reliable.

For a system memory containing failure codes:

• first address contains FF if data in memory is reliable, or AA if not reliable,
• further addresses contain failure codes,
• last address contains FF

There are at maximum 14 failure codes (identified 01 to 0E)

3- Failure codes other out of [01;OE] are invalid and are not to be considered.

4- If begin of stack content is not FF (indicating a correct stack) or AA (incorrect stack) failure codes are not
reliable.

5- A deviation from these rules are considered MFC anomalies

Example of correct recording:

basic memory - sys 1 : 13 recorded failure codes

Addr code
4100 : FF (begin of stack)
4101 : 0B
4102 : 05
4103 : 06
4104 : 07
4105 : 08
4106 : 0A failure
4107 : 09 codes
4108 : 0C
4109 : 0D
410A : 0E
410B : 02
410C : 01
410D : 03
410E : FF (end of record)
410F : FF (end of stack or end of record if 14 failure codes are
recorded)

Page 3 sur 12
Functions - Dialog with MFC:
The following tasks must be performed for correct dialog with MFC and performance of required function:

• general information:
communication may be lost with MFC ; this must be detected and a communication-lost message must be issued to
operator for asking a manual reset of MFC 1A.

• Opening connection with MFC:

On first communication to MFC, message ‘HACC0 + CR’ must be sent. This hand shake allows opening
communication.
Once communication is established, this message must not be sent again excepted if communication is lost with
MFC (i.e. MFC must be reset by operator).

• Identification of MFC standard:

Maintenance codes correspond to plain text. Correspondance is given in tables.
For decoding maintenance codes, it is necessary to select the right table depending of MFC standard.
See table 1 to get information for getting and decoding MFC standard.

• Basic Memory failure code reading

See table 1

• Flight Fault Memory failure code reading

See table 1

• Maintenance code memory erasing

See table 1

Tasks Command to MFC Answer from MFC

connection test CR ‘*’ if MFC is alive

otherwise no answer
Connection ‘HACC0 CR’ MFC uP internal registrers
Initiation
MFC 1A FAULT light flashes in cockpit

MFC standard ‘V CR’ Answer contains MFC version in text format

identification Versions are ‘L21’ or ‘L23’ or ‘L50’ or ‘L51’ or ‘L53’ or ‘S2’ or ‘S3’ or
‘S4’

Connection test ‘IB000 CR’ if connection is not established, ‘E_08’

if connection is already done, ‘B000BD’ (HACC0 must not be sent)

Ask for index for ‘E4760 CR’ ‘E4760 CR CR LF____4760dd CR LF*’

FFM

Reading of memory ‘Eaaaa CR’ ‘Eaaaa CR CR LF____aaaadd CR LF*’

Erase basic memory ‘F4100419FFF CR’ ‘*’

Erase flight fault ‘F41B0474FFF CR’ ‘*’

memory

Table 1 - list of tasks

Legend:
CR : carriage return (0Dh)
LF : line feed (0Ah)
_ : space (32h)
space : does not exist in message ; only for typo
dd : data

Page 4 sur 12
aaaa : address

note: in case of incorrect command format sent by computer or recognized by MFC, ‘E_07’ is sent back
see also in annex examples of communication dumps

Decoding of data:

Maintenance code must be displayed on MCDU pages as per format in figure 2.

Tables in electronic format (file “TMT tables.xls” – see attached sample in appendix) give text to be displayed
depending of:
• MFC standard,
• System (1 to 10),
• Maintenance code (1 to 14).

List of systems:

No System
1 WOW & LANDING GEAR
2 DOORS
3 BOOTS
4 NAVIGATION
5 BRAKE
6 FLIGHT CONTROLS
7 MISCELLANEOUS 1
8 MISCELLANEOUS 2
9 MISCELLANEOUS 3
10 MFC/MISCELLANEOUS 4

Upon exit of MFC maintenance code reading, dialog with MFC is interrupted (no data sent to MFC anymore).
The operator must manually reset MFC 1A module to exit MFC maintenance mode.

Applicable documents
N/A

Electrical interface
Interface is done through RS232 serial link whose characteristics are:
- speed: 4800 bauds
- data: 8 bits
- no parity
- one stop bit

Software level requirement

DO178 level D

Performances
Page 5 sur 12
Page 6 sur 12
Appendix

Page 7 sur 12
Page 8 sur 12
 MCDU SCREENS

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 MAINTENANCE 1/1
2
3 < AFCS PEC/EEC >
4
5 < RAD COMM
6
7 < RAD NAV
8
9 < TCAS
10
11 < MFC
12
13 < RETURN

MCDU MAINTENANCE MAIN SCREEN

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 MFC
2
3 < BASIC MEMORY
4
5 < FLT FAULT MEMORY
6
7 < MAINT MEMORY ERASING
8
9
10
11
12
13 > RETURN

MFC MAINTENANCE MEMORY FUNCTIONS

Page 9 sur 12
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 BASIC MEMORY
2 WOW & LANDING GEAR
3 1-Nose gear secondary
4 downlock proximity
5 switch fail
6 3262 12GB
7
8 12-Right main gear WOW 2
9 proximity switch fail
10 3262 55GB
11
12
13 > RETURN

DISPLAY OF BASIC MAINTENANCE MEMORY CODES PAGE ON MCDU

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 FLIGHT FAULT MEMORY
2 WOW & LANDING GEAR
3 1-Nose gear secondary
4 downlock proximity
5 switch fail
6 3262 12GB
7
8 12-Right main gear WOW 2
9 proximity switch fail
10 3262 55GB
11
12
13 > RETURN

DISPLAY OF FLIGHT FAULT MAINTENANCE MEMORY CODES PAGE ON MCDU

Page 10 sur 12
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 MAINT MEMORY ERASING
2
3
4 BASIC MEMORY ERASING
5 > YES NO <
6 BASIC MEMORY ERASED
7
8 FLIGHT MEMORY ERASING
9 > YES NO <
10 CANCELLED
11
12
13 > RETURN

MFC MAINTENANCE ERASING MENU

Page 11 sur 12
 Exemples of RS232 communications

000 0d 0d 0a 2a 20 0d 0d 0a 2a 20 0d 0d 0a 2a 20 0d ...* ...* ...* .

010 0d 0a 2a 20 48 41 43 43 30 0d 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 ..* HACC0...
020 20 43 43 20 52 42 20 52 41 20 20 52 58 20 20 20 CC RB RA RX
030 50 43 20 20 20 53 50 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 20 38 31 PC SP.. 81
040 38 46 43 30 33 32 33 32 39 46 43 37 31 46 45 43 8FC032329FC71FEC
050 0d 0a 2a 20 56 0d 0d 0a 23 20 20 4d 46 43 20 41 ..* V...# MFC A
060 54 52 34 32 2d 35 30 30 20 2d 20 50 4e 20 3a 20 TR42-500 - PN :
070 4c 41 34 45 32 30 36 30 36 48 4d 30 31 30 30 0d LA4E20606HM0100.
080 0a 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 ...
090 20 20 20 53 4f 46 54 57 41 52 45 20 53 34 0d 0a SOFTWARE S4..
0a0 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 28 4c 41 34 (LA4
0b0 45 32 30 36 30 36 48 4d 30 31 30 30 2d 53 34 29 E20606HM0100-S4)
0c0 0d 0a 0d 0a 2a 20 49 42 30 30 30 0d 0d 0a 20 20 ....* IB000...
0d0 20 20 42 30 30 30 42 44 0d 0a 2a 20 45 34 37 36 B000BD..* E476
0e0 30 0d 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 34 37 36 30 30 37 0d 0a 0... 476007..
0f0 2a 20 46 34 31 30 30 34 31 39 46 46 46 0d 0d 0a * F4100419FFF...
100 2a 20 46 34 31 30 30 34 31 39 46 30 31 0d 0d 0a * F4100419F01...
110 2a 20 45 34 31 30 30 0d 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 34 31 * E4100... 41
120 30 30 30 31 0d 0a 2a 20 46 34 31 30 30 34 31 39 0001..* F4100419
130 46 46 46 0d 0d 0a 2a 20 45 34 31 30 30 0d 0d 0a FFF...* E4100...
140 20 20 20 20 34 31 30 30 46 46 0d 0a 2a 20 46 34 4100FF..* F4
150 31 42 30 34 37 34 46 30 32 0d 0d 0a 2a 20 45 34 1B0474F02...* E4
160 31 42 30 0d 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 34 31 42 30 30 32 1B0... 41B002
170 0d 0a 2a 20 45 34 37 34 46 0d 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 ..* E474F...
180 34 37 34 46 30 32 0d 0a 2a 20 46 34 31 42 30 34 474F02..* F41B04
190 37 34 46 46 46 0d 0d 0a 2a 20 45 34 31 42 30 0d 74FFF...* E41B0.
1a0 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 34 31 42 30 46 46 0d 0a 2a 20 .. 41B0FF..*
1b0 0d 0d 0a 2a 20 0d 0d 0a 2a 20 ...* ...*

00 0d 0d 0a 2a 20 49 42 30 30 30 0d 0d 0a 20 20 20 ...* IB000...
10 20 45 20 30 38 0d 0a 2a 20 48 41 43 43 30 0d 0d E 08..* HACC0..
20 0a 20 20 20 20 20 43 43 20 52 42 20 52 41 20 20 . CC RB RA
30 52 58 20 20 20 50 43 20 20 20 53 50 0d 0a 20 20 RX PC SP..
40 20 20 20 38 31 38 46 43 30 30 34 31 35 30 42 36 818FC004150B6
50 38 31 46 45 37 0d 0a 2a 20 49 42 30 30 30 0d 0d 81FE7..* IB000..
60 0a 20 20 20 20 42 30 30 30 42 44 0d 0a 2a 20 49 . B000BD..* I
70 42 30 30 30 0d 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 42 30 30 30 42 B000... B000B
80 44 0d 0a 2a 20 D..*

00 49 42 30 30 30 0d 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 45 20 30 38 IB000... E 08
10 0d 0a 2a 20 49 42 30 30 30 0d 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 ..* IB000...
20 45 20 30 38 0d 0a 2a 20 0d 0d 0a 2a 20 48 41 43 E 08..* ...* HAC
30 43 30 0d 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 20 43 43 20 52 42 20 C0... CC RB
40 52 41 20 20 52 58 20 20 20 50 43 20 20 20 53 50 RA RX PC SP
50 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 20 38 31 38 46 43 35 30 42 30 .. 818FC50B0
60 30 33 30 33 42 31 46 45 39 0d 0a 2a 20 49 42 30 0303B1FE9..* IB0
70 30 30 0d 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 42 30 30 30 42 44 0d 00... B000BD.
80 0a 2a 20 .*

Page 12 sur 12
 File “TMT tables”- Sample
SYS CODE L21
1 1 RH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 8GA 32.61
1 2 NG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 9GA 32.61
1 3 LH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 7GA 32.61
1 4 RH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 10GB 32.61
1 5 NG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 12GB 32.61
1 6 LH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 11GB 32.61
1 7 LH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 50GB 32.62
1 8 NG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 53GB 32.62
1 9 RH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 54GB 32.62
1 10 LH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 51GB 32.62
1 11 NG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 52GB 32.62
1 12 RH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 55GB 32.62
1 13
1 14
2 1 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 41WS 52.71
2 2 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 43WS 52.71
2 3 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 55WS 52.71
2 4 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 57WS 52.71
2 5 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 54WS 52.71
2 6 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 56WS 52.71
2 7 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 58WS 52.71
2 8 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 60WS 52.71
2 9 ST3 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71
2 10 CARGO DOOR HOOKS ENGD 18,19,20MP 52.31
2 11 CARGO DOOR LATLK LOCKED 22MP 52.31
2 12 CARGO DOOR HOOKS DSENGD 15,16,17MP 52.31
2 13 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71
2 14
3 1 LH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 2 RH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 3 LH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 4 RH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 5 LH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 6 RH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 7 LH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 8 RH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 9 LH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 10 RH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 11 LH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 12 RH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 13 EMPNG BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 14 EMPNG BOOT B FAIL 30.20

APPENDIX : 4 SHEETS ADDED

Page 13 sur 12
SYS CODE L21 validity L50 L53 validity
1 1 RH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 8GA 32.61 L2x,L5x,Sx RH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 8GA 32.61 RH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 8GA 32.61
1 2 NG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 9GA 32.61 L2x,L5x,Sx NG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 9GA 32.61 NG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 9GA 32.61
1 3 LH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 7GA 32.61 L2x,L5x,Sx LH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 7GA 32.61 LH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 7GA 32.61
1 4 RH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 10GB 32.61 L2x,L5x,Sx RH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 10GB 32.61 RH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 10GB 32.61
1 5 NG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 12GB 32.61 L2x,L5x,Sx NG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 12GB 32.61 NG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 12GB 32.61
1 6 LH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 11GB 32.61 L2x,L5x,Sx LH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 11GB 32.61 LH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 11GB 32.61
1 7 LH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 50GB 32.62 L2x,L5x,Sx LH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 50GB 32.62 LH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 50GB 32.62
1 8 NG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 53GB 32.62 L2x,L5x,Sx NG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 53GB 32.62 NG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 53GB 32.62
1 9 RH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 54GB 32.62 L2x,L5x,Sx RH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 54GB 32.62 RH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 54GB 32.62
1 10 LH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 51GB 32.62 L2x,L5x,Sx LH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 51GB 32.62 LH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 51GB 32.62
1 11 NG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 52GB 32.62 L2x,L5x,Sx NG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 52GB 32.62 NG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 52GB 32.62
1 12 RH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 55GB 32.62 L2x,L5x,Sx RH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 55GB 32.62 RH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 55GB 32.62
1 13 L2x,L5x,Sx
1 14 L2x,L5x,Sx
2 1 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 41WS 52.71 L2x,L5x,Sx LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 41WS 52.71 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 41WS 52.71
2 2 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 43WS 52.71 L2x,L5x,Sx LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 43WS 52.71 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 43WS 52.71
2 3 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 55WS 52.71 L2x,L5x,Sx LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 55WS 52.71 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 55WS 52.71
2 4 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 57WS 52.71 L2x,L5x,Sx LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 57WS 52.71 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 57WS 52.71
2 5 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 54WS 52.71 L2x,L5x,Sx RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 54WS 52.71 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 54WS 52.71
2 6 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 56WS 52.71 L2x,L5x,Sx RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 56WS 52.71 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 56WS 52.71
2 7 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 58WS 52.71 L2x,L5x,Sx RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 58WS 52.71 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 58WS 52.71
2 8 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 60WS 52.71 L2x,L5x,Sx RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 60WS 52.71 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 60WS 52.71
2 9 ST3 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71 L2x,L5x,Sx ST3 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71 ST3 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71
2 10 CARGO DOOR HOOKS ENGD 18,19,20MP 52.31 L2x,L5x,Sx CARGO DOOR HOOKS ENGD 18,19,20MP 52.31 CARGO DOOR HOOKS ENGD 18,19,20MP 52.31
2 11 CARGO DOOR LATLK LOCKED 22MP 52.31 L2x,L5x,Sx CARGO DOOR LATLK LOCKED 22MP 52.31 CARGO DOOR LATLK LOCKED 22MP 52.31
2 12 CARGO DOOR HOOKS DSENGD 15,16,17MP 52.31 L2x,L5x,Sx CARGO DOOR HOOKS DSENGD 15,16,17MP 52.31 CARGO DOOR HOOKS DSENGD 15,16,17MP 52.31
2 13 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71 L2x,L5x,Sx EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71
2 14 L2x,L5x,Sx
3 1 LH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 LH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 2 RH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 RH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 3 LH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 LH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 4 RH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 RH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 5 LH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 LH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 6 RH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 RH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 7 LH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 LH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 8 RH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 RH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 9 LH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 LH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 10 RH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 RH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 11 LH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 LH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 12 RH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 RH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 13 EMPNG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x EMPNG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 EMPNG BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 14 EMPNG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x EMPNG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 EMPNG BOOT B FAIL 30.20
4 1 AHRS 1 OVHT 1FP1 34.20 L2x,L5x,Sx AHRS 1 OVHT 1FP1 34.20 AHRS 1 OVHT 1FP1 34.20
4 2 AHRS 2 OVHT 1FP2 34.20 L2x,L5x,Sx AHRS 2 OVHT 1FP2 34.20 AHRS 2 OVHT 1FP2 34.20
4 3 AHRS 3 OVHT 1FP3 34.20 L2x,L5x,Sx AHRS 3 OVHT 1FP3 34.20 AHRS 3 OVHT 1FP3 34.20
4 4 EADI 1 OVHT 101FN1 34.70 L2x,L5x,Sx EADI 1 OVHT 101FN1 34.70 EADI 1 OVHT 101FN1 34.70
4 5 EADI 2 OVHT 101FN2 34.70 L2x,L5x,Sx EADI 2 OVHT 101FN2 34.70 EADI 2 OVHT 101FN2 34.70
4 6 EHSI 1 OVHT 100FN1 34.70 L2x,L5x,Sx EHSI 1 OVHT 100FN1 34.70 EHSI 1 OVHT 100FN1 34.70
4 7 EHSI 2 OVHT 100FN2 34.70 L2x,L5x,Sx EHSI 2 OVHT 100FN2 34.70 EHSI 2 OVHT 100FN2 34.70
4 8 FMS OVHT 34.70 L2x,L5x,Sx FMS OVHT 34.70 FMS OVHT 34.70
4 9 SGU 1 OVHT 105FN1 34.70 L2x,L5x,Sx SGU 1 OVHT 105FN1 34.70 SGU 1 OVHT 105FN1 34.70
4 10 SGU 2 OVHT 105FN2 34.70 L2x,L5x,Sx SGU 2 OVHT 105FN2 34.70 SGU 2 OVHT 105FN2 34.70
4 11 AFCS ANOMALY 1CA 22.10 L2x,L5x,Sx AFCS ANOMALY 1CA 22.10 AFCS ANOMALY 1CA 22.10
4 12 L2x,L5x,Sx
4 13 L2x,L5x,Sx
4 14 L2x,L5x,Sx
5 1 LH INBRD BRK OVHT 41CG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx LH INBRD BRK OVHT 41CG 32.42 LH INBRD BRK OVHT 41CG 32.42
5 2 LH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 39CG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx LH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 39CG 32.42 LH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 39CG 32.42
5 3 RH INBRD BRK OVHT 40CG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx RH INBRD BRK OVHT 40CG 32.42 RH INBRD BRK OVHT 40CG 32.42
5 4 RH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 38CG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx RH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 38CG 32.42 RH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 38CG 32.42
5 5 LH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 37GG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx LH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 37GG 32.42 LH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 37GG 32.42
5 6 LH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 35GG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx LH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 35GG 32.42 LH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 35GG 32.42
5 7 RH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 36GG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx RH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 36GG 32.42 RH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 36GG 32.42
5 8 RH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 34GG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx RH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 34GG 32.42 RH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 34GG 32.42
5 9 LH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 41CG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx LH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 41CG 32.42 LH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 41CG 32.42
5 10 LH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 39CG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx LH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 39CG 32.42 LH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 39CG 32.42
5 11 RH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 40CG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx RH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 40CG 32.42 RH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 40CG 32.42
5 12 RH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 38CG 32.42 L2x,L5x,Sx RH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 38CG 32.42 RH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 38CG 32.42
5 13 L2x,L5x,Sx
5 14 L2x,L5x,Sx
SYS CODE L21 validity L50 L53 validity
6 1 L2x TQ 1 FAIL 3EP 27.36 TQ 1 FAIL 3EP 27.36
6 2 L2x TQ 2 FAIL 4EP 27.36 TQ 2 FAIL 4EP 27.36
6 3 RA < 500 FT AND IAS1>185 KTS 1SA,1FL1 34 L2x,L5x RA < 500 FT AND IAS1>185 KTS 1SA,1FL1 34 RA < 500 FT AND IAS1>185 KTS 1SA,1FL1 34
6 4 RA < 500 FT AND IAS2>185 KTS 1SA,1FL2 34 L2x,L5x RA < 500 FT AND IAS2>185 KTS 1SA,1FL2 34 RA < 500 FT AND IAS2>185 KTS 1SA,1FL2 34
6 5 RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW1) 1SA,WOW1/2 34.32 L2x,L5x RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW1) 1SA,WOW1/2 34.32 RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW1) 1SA,WOW1/2 34.32
6 6 RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW2) 1SA,WOW1/2 34.32 L2x,L5x RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW2) 1SA,WOW1/2 34.32 RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW2) 1SA,WOW1/2 34.32
6 7 L2x,L50,S2,S3 SPRING TAB DET FAIL FROM MFC 1B L53,S4
6 8 TRIM DIR SW FAIL 6CG 27.22 L2x,L5x,Sx TRIM DIR SW FAIL 6CG 27.22 TRIM DIR SW FAIL 6CG 27.22
6 9 FLAPS POS SW FAIL 8CV 27.51 L2x,L5x,Sx FLAPS POS SW FAIL 8CV 27.51 FLAPS POS SW FAIL 8CV 27.51
6 10 L2x,L50,S2,S3 SPRING TAB DET FAIL FROM MFC 2B L53,S4
6 11 L2x,L5x,Sx
6 12 STK PUSH: LH ALPHA PRB DISGR 19FU 27.36 L2x,L5x,Sx STK PUSH: LH ALPHA PRB DISGR 19FU 27.36 STK PUSH: LH ALPHA PRB DISGR 19FU 27.36
6 13 STK PUSH: RH ALPHA PRB DISGR 20FU 27.36 L2x,L5x,Sx STK PUSH: RH ALPHA PRB DISGR 20FU 27.36 STK PUSH: RH ALPHA PRB DISGR 20FU 27.36
6 14 L2x,L5x,Sx
7 1 AIR BLEED: LH HP VALVE 36.11 L2x,L5x,Sx AIR BLEED: LH HP VALVE 36.11 AIR BLEED: LH HP VALVE 36.11
7 2 AIR BLEED: RH HP VALVE 36.11 L2x,L5x,Sx AIR BLEED: RH HP VALVE 36.11 AIR BLEED: RH HP VALVE 36.11
7 3 ELEC: LH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32 L2x,L5x,Sx ELEC: LH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32 ELEC: LH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32
7 4 ELEC: RH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32 L2x,L5x,Sx ELEC: RH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32 ELEC: RH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32
7 5 ELEC: SVCE/UTIL CNTOR FAIL 29PU,30PU,10PX 24.32 L2x,L5x,Sx ELEC: SVCE/UTIL CNTOR FAIL 29PU,30PU,10PX 24.32 ELEC: SVCE/UTIL CNTOR FAIL 29PU,30PU,10PX 24.32
7 6 AIR COND: LH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 17HB 21.51 L2x,L5x,Sx AIR COND: LH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 17HB 21.51 AIR COND: LH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 17HB 21.51
7 7 AIR COND: RH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 18HB 21.51 L2x,L5x,Sx AIR COND: RH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 18HB 21.51 AIR COND: RH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 18HB 21.51
7 8 ANTICE: LH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42 L2x,L5x,Sx ANTICE: LH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42 ANTICE: LH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42
7 9 ANTICE: RH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42 L2x,L5x,Sx ANTICE: RH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42 ANTICE: RH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42
7 10 FWD EXTNGHR SQUIB 12WM 26.23 L2x,L5x,Sx FWD EXTNGHR SQUIB 12WM 26.23 FWD EXTNGHR SQUIB 12WM 26.23
7 11 AFT EXTNGHR SQUIB 24WM 26.23 L2x,L5x,Sx AFT EXTNGHR SQUIB 24WM 26.23 AFT EXTNGHR SQUIB 24WM 26.23
7 12 L2x,L5x,Sx
7 13 L2x,L5x
7 14 L2x,L5x
8 1 ELEC: STBY CNTOR FAIL 4PD 24.65 L2x,L5x,Sx ELEC: STBY CNTOR FAIL 4PD 24.65 ELEC: STBY CNTOR FAIL 4PD 24.65
8 2 L2x,L5x
8 3 FDAU MEM FULL 1TU 31.30 L2x,L5x,Sx FDAU MEM FULL 1TU 31.30 FDAU MEM FULL 1TU 31.30
8 4 QAR FULL 167TU 31.30 L2x,L5x,Sx QAR FULL 167TU 31.30 QAR FULL 167TU 31.30
8 5 ENG 1 FDR JET PMP FAIL 15QA 28.21 L2x,L5x,Sx ENG 1 FDR JET PMP FAIL 15QA 28.21 ENG 1 FDR JET PMP FAIL 15QA 28.21
8 6 ENG 2 FDR JET PMP FAIL 16QA 28.21 L2x,L5x,Sx ENG 2 FDR JET PMP FAIL 16QA 28.21 ENG 2 FDR JET PMP FAIL 16QA 28.21
8 7 EEC 1 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23 L2x,L5x,Sx EEC 1 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23 EEC 1 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23
8 8 EEC 2 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23 L2x,L5x,Sx EEC 2 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23 EEC 2 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23
8 9 OPT BOOTS A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx OPT BOOTS A FAIL 30.20 OPT BOOTS A FAIL 30.20
8 10 OPT BOOTS B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx OPT BOOTS B FAIL 30.20 OPT BOOTS B FAIL 30.20
8 11 L2x,L5x,Sx
8 12 PROP BRK: SWES DISGR 1KY 61.50 L2x,L5x PROP BRK: SWES DISGR 1KY 61.50 PROP BRK: SWES DISGR 1KY 61.50
8 13 ANTICE: LH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60 L2x,L5x,Sx ANTICE: LH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60 ANTICE: LH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60
8 14 ANTICE: RH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60 L2x,L5x,Sx ANTICE: RH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60 ANTICE: RH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60
9 1
9 2
9 3
9 4
9 5
9 6
9 7
9 8
9 9
9 10
9 11
9 12
9 13
9 14
10 1 L2x,L5x
10 2 L2x,L5x
10 3 BITE MFC:1A SYN FAIL 1UA1 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:1A SYN FAIL 1UA1 31.48 BITE MFC:1A SYN FAIL 1UA1 31.48
10 4 BITE MFC:1B SYN FAIL 1UA1 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:1B SYN FAIL 1UA1 31.48 BITE MFC:1B SYN FAIL 1UA1 31.48
10 5 BITE MFC:2A SYN FAIL 1UA2 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:2A SYN FAIL 1UA2 31.48 BITE MFC:2A SYN FAIL 1UA2 31.48
10 6 BITE MFC:2B SYN FAIL 1UA2 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:2B SYN FAIL 1UA2 31.48 BITE MFC:2B SYN FAIL 1UA2 31.48
10 7 BITE MFC:1A RES IN FAIL 1UA1 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:1A RES IN FAIL 1UA1 31.48 BITE MFC:1A RES IN FAIL 1UA1 31.48
10 8 BITE MFC:1B RES IN FAIL 1UA1 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:1B RES IN FAIL 1UA1 31.48 BITE MFC:1B RES IN FAIL 1UA1 31.48
10 9 BITE MFC:2A RES IN FAIL 1UA2 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:2A RES IN FAIL 1UA2 31.48 BITE MFC:2A RES IN FAIL 1UA2 31.48
10 10 BITE MFC:2B RES IN FAIL 1UA2 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:2B RES IN FAIL 1UA2 31.48 BITE MFC:2B RES IN FAIL 1UA2 31.48
10 11 BITE MFC:1A OUT FAIL 1UA1 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:1A OUT FAIL 1UA1 31.48 BITE MFC:1A OUT FAIL 1UA1 31.48
10 12 BITE MFC:1B OUT FAIL 1UA1 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:1B OUT FAIL 1UA1 31.48 BITE MFC:1B OUT FAIL 1UA1 31.48
10 13 BITE MFC:2A OUT FAIL 1UA2 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:2A OUT FAIL 1UA2 31.48 BITE MFC:2A OUT FAIL 1UA2 31.48
10 14 BITE MFC:2B OUT FAIL 1UA2 31.48 L2x,L5x BITE MFC:2B OUT FAIL 1UA2 31.48 BITE MFC:2B OUT FAIL 1UA2 31.48
SYS CODE S2 S3 S4
1 1 RH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 8GA 32.61 RH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 8GA 32.61 RH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 8GA 32.61
1 2 NG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 9GA 32.61 NG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 9GA 32.61 NG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 9GA 32.61
1 3 LH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 7GA 32.61 LH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 7GA 32.61 LH MLG PRIM DNLK PROX SW FAIL 7GA 32.61
1 4 RH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 10GB 32.61 RH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 10GB 32.61 RH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 10GB 32.61
1 5 NG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 12GB 32.61 NG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 12GB 32.61 NG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 12GB 32.61
1 6 LH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 11GB 32.61 LH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 11GB 32.61 LH MLG SEC DNLK PROX SW FAIL 11GB 32.61
1 7 LH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 50GB 32.62 LH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 50GB 32.62 LH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 50GB 32.62
1 8 NG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 53GB 32.62 NG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 53GB 32.62 NG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 53GB 32.62
1 9 RH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 54GB 32.62 RH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 54GB 32.62 RH MLG WOW 1 PROX SW FAIL 54GB 32.62
1 10 LH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 51GB 32.62 LH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 51GB 32.62 LH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 51GB 32.62
1 11 NG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 52GB 32.62 NG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 52GB 32.62 NG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 52GB 32.62
1 12 RH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 55GB 32.62 RH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 55GB 32.62 RH MLG WOW 2 PROX SW FAIL 55GB 32.62
1 13
1 14
2 1 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 41WS 52.71 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 41WS 52.71 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 41WS 52.71
2 2 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 43WS 52.71 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 43WS 52.71 LH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 43WS 52.71
2 3 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 55WS 52.71 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 55WS 52.71 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 55WS 52.71
2 4 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 57WS 52.71 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 57WS 52.71 LH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 57WS 52.71
2 5 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 54WS 52.71 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 54WS 52.71 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 54WS 52.71
2 6 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 56WS 52.71 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 56WS 52.71 RH FWD DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 56WS 52.71
2 7 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 58WS 52.71 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 58WS 52.71 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 1 FAIL 58WS 52.71
2 8 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 60WS 52.71 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 60WS 52.71 RH AFT DOOR UNLK PROX SW 2 FAIL 60WS 52.71
2 9 ST3 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71 ST3 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71 ST3 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71
2 10 CARGO DOOR HOOKS ENGD 18,19,20MP 52.31 CARGO DOOR HOOKS ENGD 18,19,20MP 52.31 CARGO DOOR HOOKS ENGD 18,19,20MP 52.31
2 11 CARGO DOOR LATLK LOCKED 22MP 52.31 CARGO DOOR LATLK LOCKED 22MP 52.31 CARGO DOOR LATLK LOCKED 22MP 52.31
2 12 CARGO DOOR HOOKS DSENGD 15,16,17MP 52.31 CARGO DOOR HOOKS DSENGD 15,16,17MP 52.31 CARGO DOOR HOOKS DSENGD 15,16,17MP 52.31
2 13 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71 EMER HATCH PROX SW FAIL 38WS 52.71
2 14
3 1 LH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 LH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 2 RH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 RH ENG BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 3 LH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 LH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 4 RH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 RH ENG BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 5 LH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 LH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 6 RH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 RH WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 7 LH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 LH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 8 RH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 RH WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 9 LH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 LH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 10 RH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20 RH MED WING BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 11 LH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx LH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 LH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 12 RH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 L2x,L5x,Sx RH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20 RH MED WING BOOT B FAIL 30.20
3 13 LH EMPNG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 Sx LH EMPNG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 LH EMPNG BOOT A FAIL 30.20
3 14 LH EMPNG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 Sx LH EMPNG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 LH EMPNG BOOT B FAIL 30.20
4 1 AHRS 1 OVHT 1FP1 34.20 AHRS 1 OVHT 1FP1 34.20 AHRS 1 OVHT 1FP1 34.20
4 2 AHRS 2 OVHT 1FP2 34.20 AHRS 2 OVHT 1FP2 34.20 AHRS 2 OVHT 1FP2 34.20
4 3 AHRS 3 OVHT 1FP3 34.20 AHRS 3 OVHT 1FP3 34.20 AHRS 3 OVHT 1FP3 34.20
4 4 EADI 1 OVHT 101FN1 34.70 EADI 1 OVHT 101FN1 34.70 EADI 1 OVHT 101FN1 34.70
4 5 EADI 2 OVHT 101FN2 34.70 EADI 2 OVHT 101FN2 34.70 EADI 2 OVHT 101FN2 34.70
4 6 EHSI 1 OVHT 100FN1 34.70 EHSI 1 OVHT 100FN1 34.70 EHSI 1 OVHT 100FN1 34.70
4 7 EHSI 2 OVHT 100FN2 34.70 EHSI 2 OVHT 100FN2 34.70 EHSI 2 OVHT 100FN2 34.70
4 8 FMS OVHT 34.70 FMS OVHT 34.70 FMS OVHT 34.70
4 9 SGU 1 OVHT 105FN1 34.70 SGU 1 OVHT 105FN1 34.70 SGU 1 OVHT 105FN1 34.70
4 10 SGU 2 OVHT 105FN2 34.70 SGU 2 OVHT 105FN2 34.70 SGU 2 OVHT 105FN2 34.70
4 11 AFCS ANOMALY 1CA 22.10 AFCS ANOMALY 1CA 22.10 AFCS ANOMALY 1CA 22.10
4 12
4 13
4 14
5 1 LH INBRD BRK OVHT 41CG 32.42 LH INBRD BRK OVHT 41CG 32.42 LH INBRD BRK OVHT 41CG 32.42
5 2 LH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 39CG 32.42 LH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 39CG 32.42 LH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 39CG 32.42
5 3 RH INBRD BRK OVHT 40CG 32.42 RH INBRD BRK OVHT 40CG 32.42 RH INBRD BRK OVHT 40CG 32.42
5 4 RH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 38CG 32.42 RH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 38CG 32.42 RH OUTBRD BRK OVHT 38CG 32.42
5 5 LH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 37GG 32.42 LH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 37GG 32.42 LH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 37GG 32.42
5 6 LH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 35GG 32.42 LH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 35GG 32.42 LH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 35GG 32.42
5 7 RH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 36GG 32.42 RH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 36GG 32.42 RH INBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 36GG 32.42
5 8 RH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 34GG 32.42 RH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 34GG 32.42 RH OUTBRD XMTER PWR LOSS/OUT OPEN 34GG 32.42
5 9 LH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 41CG 32.42 LH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 41CG 32.42 LH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 41CG 32.42
5 10 LH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 39CG 32.42 LH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 39CG 32.42 LH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 39CG 32.42
5 11 RH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 40CG 32.42 RH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 40CG 32.42 RH INBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 40CG 32.42
5 12 RH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 38CG 32.42 RH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 38CG 32.42 RH OUTBRD SENSOR/XMTER TEST FAIL 38CG 32.42
5 13
5 14
SYS CODE S2 S3 S4
1
6 1 TQ 1 FAIL 3EP 27.36 L5x,Sx TQ 1 FAIL 3EP 27.36 TQ 1 FAIL 3EP 27.36
6 2 TQ 2 FAIL 4EP 27.36 L5x,Sx TQ 2 FAIL 4EP 27.36 TQ 2 FAIL 4EP 27.36
6 3 RA < 500 FT AND IAS1>185 KTS 1SA,1FL1 27.36 Sx RA < 500 FT AND IAS1>185 KTS 1SA,1FL1 27.36 RA < 500 FT AND IAS1>185 KTS 1SA,1FL1 27.36
6 4 RA < 500 FT AND IAS2>185 KTS 1SA,1FL2 27.36 Sx RA < 500 FT AND IAS2>185 KTS 1SA,1FL2 27.36 RA < 500 FT AND IAS2>185 KTS 1SA,1FL2 27.36
6 5 RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW1) 1SA,WOW1/2 27.36 Sx RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW1) 1SA,WOW1/2 27.36 RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW1) 1SA,WOW1/2 27.36
6 6 RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW2) 1SA,WOW1/2 27.36 Sx RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW2) 1SA,WOW1/2 27.36 RA>500 FT WITH A/C ON GND (WOW2) 1SA,WOW1/2 27.36
6 7 SPRING TAB DET FAIL FROM MFC 1B 27.72
6 8 TRIM DIR SW FAIL 6CG 27.22 TRIM DIR SW FAIL 6CG 27.22 TRIM DIR SW FAIL 6CG 27.22
6 9 FLAPS POS SW FAIL 8CV 27.51 FLAPS POS SW FAIL 8CV 27.51 FLAPS POS SW FAIL 8CV 27.51
6 10 SPRING TAB DET FAIL FROM MFC 2B 27.72
6 11
6 12 STK PUSH: LH ALPHA PRB DISGR 19FU 27.36 STK PUSH: LH ALPHA PRB DISGR 19FU 27.36 STK PUSH: LH ALPHA PRB DISGR 19FU 27.36
6 13 STK PUSH: RH ALPHA PRB DISGR 20FU 27.36 STK PUSH: RH ALPHA PRB DISGR 20FU 27.36 STK PUSH: RH ALPHA PRB DISGR 20FU 27.36
6 14
7 1 AIR BLEED: LH HP VALVE 36.11 AIR BLEED: LH HP VALVE 36.11 AIR BLEED: LH HP VALVE 36.11
7 2 AIR BLEED: RH HP VALVE 36.11 AIR BLEED: RH HP VALVE 36.11 AIR BLEED: RH HP VALVE 36.11
7 3 ELEC: LH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32 ELEC: LH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32 ELEC: LH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32
7 4 ELEC: RH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32 ELEC: RH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32 ELEC: RH OPEN WIRE ON 23PU 24.32
7 5 ELEC: SVCE/UTLY CNTOR FAIL 29PU,30PU,10PX 24.32 ELEC: SVCE/UTLY CNTOR FAIL 29PU,30PU,10PX 24.32 ELEC: SVCE/UTLY CNTOR FAIL 29PU,30PU,10PX 24.32
7 6 AIR COND: LH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 17HB 21.51 AIR COND: LH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 17HB 21.51 AIR COND: LH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 17HB 21.51
7 7 AIR COND: RH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 18HB 21.51 AIR COND: RH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 18HB 21.51 AIR COND: RH PACK MAINT OVHT IND 18HB 21.51
7 8 ANTICE: LH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42 ANTICE: LH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42 ANTICE: LH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42
7 9 ANTICE: RH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42 ANTICE: RH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42 ANTICE: RH MAIN WDSHLD CTL OPEN FAIL 30.42
7 10 FWD EXTNGHR SQUIB 12WM 26.23 FWD EXTNGHR SQUIB 12WM 26.23 FWD EXTNGHR SQUIB 12WM 26.23
7 11 AFT EXTNGHR SQUIB 24WM 26.23 AFT EXTNGHR SQUIB 24WM 26.23 AFT EXTNGHR SQUIB 24WM 26.23
7 12
7 13 ADC 1 OR ADC 1 & 2 SWES DISGR 1FL1 30.20 Sx ADC 1 OR ADC 1 & 2 SWES DISGR 1FL1 30.20 ADC 1 OR ADC 1 & 2 SWES DISGR 1FL1 30.20
7 14 ADC 2 OR ADC 2 & 1 SWES DISGR 1FL2 30.20 Sx ADC 2 OR ADC 2 & 1 SWES DISGR 1FL2 30.20 ADC 2 OR ADC 2 & 1 SWES DISGR 1FL2 30.20
8 1 ELEC: STBY CNTOR FAIL 4PD 24.65 ELEC: STBY CNTOR FAIL 4PD 24.65 ELEC: STBY CNTOR FAIL 4PD 24.65
8 2 ANTICE: AUTO MODE SWES DISGR 30.20 Sx ANTICE: AUTO MODE SWES DISGR 30.20 ANTICE: AUTO MODE SWES DISGR 30.20
8 3 FDAU MEM FULL 1TU 31.30 FDAU MEM FULL 1TU 31.30 FDAU MEM FULL 1TU 31.30
8 4 QAR FULL 167TU 31.30 QAR FULL 167TU 31.30 QAR FULL 167TU 31.30
8 5 ENG 1 FDR JET PMP FAIL 15QA 28.21 ENG 1 FDR JET PMP FAIL 15QA 28.21 ENG 1 FDR JET PMP FAIL 15QA 28.21
8 6 ENG 2 FDR JET PMP FAIL 16QA 28.21 ENG 2 FDR JET PMP FAIL 16QA 28.21 ENG 2 FDR JET PMP FAIL 16QA 28.21
8 7 EEC 1 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23 EEC 1 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23 EEC 1 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23
8 8 EEC 2 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23 EEC 2 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23 EEC 2 FAIL LATCH EEC 73.23
8 9 OPT BOOTS A FAIL 30.20 OPT BOOTS A FAIL 30.20 OPT BOOTS A FAIL 30.20
8 10 OPT BOOTS B FAIL 30.20 OPT BOOTS B FAIL 30.20 OPT BOOTS B FAIL 30.20
8 11
8 12 PROP BRK: SWES DISGR 14KY 61.50 Sx PROP BRK: SWES DISGR 14KY 61.50 PROP BRK: SWES DISGR 14KY 61.50
8 13 ANTICE: LH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60 ANTICE: LH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60 ANTICE: LH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60
8 14 ANTICE: RH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60 ANTICE: RH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60 ANTICE: RH PROP HTR FAIL 30.60
9 1 1A PROG PIN DISGR 31.48 Sx 1A PROG PIN DISGR 31.48 1A PROG PIN DISGR 31.48
9 2 1B PROG PIN DISGR 31.48 Sx 1B PROG PIN DISGR 31.48 1B PROG PIN DISGR 31.48
9 3 2A PROG PIN DISGR 31.48 Sx 2A PROG PIN DISGR 31.48 2A PROG PIN DISGR 31.48
9 4 2B PROG PIN DISGR 31.48 Sx 2B PROG PIN DISGR 31.48 2B PROG PIN DISGR 31.48
9 5 1A PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48 Sx 1A PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48 1A PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48
9 6 1B PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48 Sx 1B PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48 1B PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48
9 7 2A PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48 Sx 2A PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48 2A PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48
9 8 2B PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48 Sx 2B PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48 2B PROG PIN UNKNOWN 31.48
9 9 ANC SYS INOP FAIL 25.82 S2,S3 ANC SYS OPERATIVE FAIL 25.82 AIRCRAFT VERSION FAIL 31.48 S4
9 10 ANC SYS INOP FAIL 25.82 S2,S3 ANC SYS INOP FAIL 25.82 MFC COMPATIBILITY FAIL 31.48 S4
9 11 RH EMPNG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 S2,S3 RH EMPNG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 MFC MIXABILITY FAIL 31.48 S4
9 12 RH EMPNG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 S2,S3 RH EMPNG BOOT B FAIL 30.20
9 13 S2 PROP TYPE DISGR 61 PROP TYPE DISGR 61 S3,S4
9 14 S2 UNKWNPROP TYPE 61 UNKWNPROP TYPE 61 S3,S4
10 1 PEC 1 FAILURE 50KH 61.21 PEC 1 FAILURE 50KH 61.21 PEC 1 FAILURE 50KH 61.21 Sx
10 2 PIU 1 FAILURE 95KH 61.21 PIU 1 FAILURE 95KH 61.21 PIU 1 FAILURE 95KH 61.21 Sx
10 3 PEC 2 FAILURE 50KH 61.21 PEC 2 FAILURE 50KH 61.21 PEC 2 FAILURE 50KH 61.21 Sx
10 4 PIU 2 FAILURE 96KH 61.21 PIU 2 FAILURE 96KH 61.21 PIU 2 FAILURE 96KH 61.21 Sx
10 5 ANC SYS OPERATIVE FAIL 25.82 S4
10 6 ANC SYS INOP FAIL 25.82 S4
10 7 RH EMPNG BOOT A FAIL 30.20 S4
10 8 RH EMPNG BOOT B FAIL 30.20 S4
10 9
10 10
10 11
10 12
10 13
10 14
 COM/NAV MAINTENANCE
DIAGNOSTIC CODES

REFERENCE DO/TY 3170/04 Ed.01

Page 1 sur 5
Purpose
This appendix describes the « Radio communication / Radio navigation »
maintenance function to implement in the MPC.

Abbreviations
VOR : VHF Omnidirectional Radio Range
DME : Distance Measuring Equipment
ADF : Automatic Direction Finder
ATC : Air Traffic Control

Description

An extensive self test diagnostic routine can be started from the dedicated
control unit of the following systems:
- VHF 22A OR 22C
- VOR VIR 32
- DME 42
- ADF 60
- ATC TDR90 OR TDR94D

This function shall allow to display on the MCDU the maintenance messages
associated to the diagnostic code displayed on the control unit in self test
diagnostic routine.
For this, in the « Radio Com / Radio Nav » menu select the control unit in
maintenance and enter by the keyboard the diagnostic code displayed on the
control unit selected.
The list of maintenance messages following the different control units are given
hereafter.

Applicable documents

N.A.

Electrical interface

Page 2 sur 5
N.A.

Software level requirement

The software shall be in accordance with DO178B level D.

Page 3 sur 5
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 MAINTENANCE
2
3 < AFCS
4
5 < RAD COMM / RAD NAV
6
7 < PEC / EEC
8
9 < TCAS
10
11 < MFC
12
13 < RETURN

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 RAD COMM / NAV 1/1
2
3 < ATC TDR90 ATC TDR94D>
4
5 < VOR VIR32
6
7 < DME 42
8
9 < ADF 60
10
11 < VHF 22
12
13 < RETURN

Page 4 sur 5
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 VHF 22 1/1
2
3 DIAG CODE 02
4 5 Vdc above limit
5
6
7 TROUBLESHOOTING
8 RAI 1RC1/2 XMTR VHF1/2
9
10
11
12
13 > RETURN PRINT*
14

APPENDIX : 7 SHEETS ADDED

Page 5 sur 5
 ADF 60
CODE DESCRIPTION TROUBLESHOOTING

00 No fault found
02 RAM test FAILED RAI 151RP1/2 ADAPTER ADF
03 No serial sync RAI 3RP1/2 CTL ADF
04 No serial data RAI 3RP1/2 CTL ADF
05 No label received RAI 3RP1/2 CTL ADF
06 I/O port 1 failure RAI 151RP1/2 ADAPTER ADF
07 I/O port 2 failure RAI 151RP1/2 ADAPTER ADF
08 Illegal ADF frequency RAI 3RP1/2 CTL ADF
09 Serial input failed RAI 151RP1/2 or 3RP1/2
10 ADF not locked RAI 1RP1/2 or 151RP1/2
 DME 42
CODE DESCRIPTION TROUBLESHOOTING

00 No fault found
01 Power supply RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
02 Synthesiser RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
03 Transmitter RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
04 Video processor RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
05 Receiver RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
06 Distance processor RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
07 Microprocessor ROM RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
08 Microprocessor RAM RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2

90 Bus failure no data RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2

91 Test mode failure RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
92 Distance word missing RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
93 VEL, TTS word missing RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
94 IDENT word missing RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
95 Microprocessor RAM RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
96 Microprocessor ROM RAI 1SD1/2 DME 1/2
 ATC TDR90
CODE DESCRIPTION TROUBLESHOOTING

00 No fault found
02 RAM test FAILED RAI 151 SH ADAPTER BOX
03 No serial sync RAI 3SH CTL ATC
04 No serial data RAI 3SH CTL ATC
05 No label received RAI 3SH CTL ATC
06 I/O port 1 failure RAI 151 SH ADAPTER BOX
07 I/O port 2 failure RAI 151 SH ADAPTER BOX
08 Transponder source ID N/A
09 Serial input failed RAI 151 SH or 3SH
10 No reply lamp RAI 1 SH1/2 TPR or 151SH
 ATC TDR94D
CODE DESCRIPTION sta tus TROUBLESHOOTING
STBY F/W

0 No fault found
10 Pwr Sply diagnostics NO NO RAI TPR 1SH1/2
11 +5 V dc RAI TPR 1SH1/2
12 +70 Vdc B7 RAI TPR 1SH1/2
13 +35 Vdc B RAI TPR 1SH1/2
14 LVPS RAI TPR 1SH1/2
RAI TPR 1SH1/2
20 TX/Modulator diagnostics RAI TPR 1SH1/2
21 Final stage overcurrent RAI TPR 1SH1/2
22 Top antenna low PWR RAI TPR 1SH1/2
23 Bottom antenna low PWR RAI TPR 1SH1/2
24 TX Overtemperature RAI TPR 1SH1/2

30 Synthetizer diagnostics RAI TPR 1SH1/2

31 Synthetizer lock detect RAI TPR 1SH1/2
32 Synthetizer low PWR RAI TPR 1SH1/2

40 Receiver/IF diagnostics RAI TPR 1SH1/2

41 Top receiver channel RAI TPR 1SH1/2
42 Bottom receiver channel RAI TPR 1SH1/2
43 Top DPSK demodulator RAI TPR 1SH1/2
44 Bottom DPSK demodulator RAI TPR 1SH1/2

50 Program memory Diags RAI TPR 1SH1/2

51 Hight-byte memory RAI TPR 1SH1/2
52 Low-byte memory RAI TPR 1SH1/2
53 Both ROM chips RAI TPR 1SH1/2

60 Volatile memory diags RAI TPR 1SH1/2

61 Hight-byte RAM RAI TPR 1SH1/2
62 Low-byte RAM RAI TPR 1SH1/2
63 Both RAM chips RAI TPR 1SH1/2
64 Cache RAM RAI TPR 1SH1/2
65 Cache RAM & low-byte RAI TPR 1SH1/2
66 Cache RAM & hight-byte RAI TPR 1SH1/2
67 Cache RAM/both RAM chips RAI TPR 1SH1/2
68 Dual port RAM RAI TPR 1SH1/2

70 NVRAM diagnostics RAI TPR 1SH1/2

80 Serial in ctrl bus diag RAI TPR 1SH1/2 - CTL 3SH

81 Arinc 429 control UART RAI TPR 1SH1/2
82 A429 Port A inactive CTL 3SH
83 A429 Port B inactive CTL 3SH
84 A429 Port C inactive CTL 3SH
85 CSDB Port A inactive CTL 3SH

90 Serial altitude input RAI ADC1/2 1FL1/2

91 A429/575 altitude UART RAI TPR 1SH1/2
92 A429/575 Port A inactive RAI ADC1/2 1FL1/2
93 A429/575 Port B inactive RAI ADC1/2 1FL1/2
94 CSDB alt In A inactive RAI ADC1/2 1FL1/2
95 CSDB alt In B inactive RAI ADC1/2 1FL1/2
99 No data rcvd from TDR RAI CTL 3SH - TPR 1SH1/2
 A0 ADLP com diags NO NO N/A
A1 ADLP com A/B UART NO NO N/A
A2 ADLP com A/B bus inact NO NO N/A
A3 ADLP com C/D UART NO NO N/A
A4 ADLP com C/D bus inact NO NO N/A

b0 TCAS com diag NO NO RAI ISG TCAS-TPR 1/2

b1 TCAS UART NO NO RAI TPR 1SH1/2
b2 TCAS system failure NO NO RAI 1SG TCAS
b3 TCAS bus inactive NO NO RAI 1SG TCAS
b4 TCAS protocol error NO NO RAI 1SG TCAS-TPR 1/2

C0 Squitter diagnostic NO YES RAI TPR 1SH1/2

C1 Top channel squitter NO YES RAI TPR 1SH1/2
C2 Bottom channel squitter NO YES RAI TPR 1SH1/2

D0 Diversity diagnostic NO YES RAI TPR 1SH1/2

E0 Message processor diag NO NO RAI TPR 1SH1/2

E1 top channel soft fail NO NO RAI TPR 1SH1/2
E2 bottom channel soft fail NO NO RAI TPR 1SH1/2
E3 top channel hard fail YES YES RAI TPR 1SH1/2
E4 bottom channel hard fail YES YES RAI TPR 1SH1/2

F0 Config diag NO NO WIRING

F1 Mode s address changed NO NO WIRING
F2 TCAS selection changed NO NO WIRING
F3 Altitude select changed NO NO WIRING
F4 Max IAS program changed NO NO WIRING
F5 Ports selects changed NO NO WIRING
F6 SDI selects changed NO NO WIRING
F7 Antenna select changed NO NO WIRING
F8 ADLP select changed NO NO WIRING
F9-FE N/A
FF Unaccept Mode S address YES YES WIRING
 VHF22
CODE DESCRIPTION TROUBLESHOOTING

0 No fault found
1 5 V dc below limit RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
2 5 V above limit RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
3 12 Vdc below limit RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
4 12 Vdc above limit RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
5 Synthetizer not locked RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
7 Noise squelch open CHECK SQUELCH FCT
8 Noise squelch not open CHECK SQUELCH FCT
12 BCD freq code invalid CTL UNIT/XTMR VHF1/2
13 2/5 freq code invalid RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
14 Serial message invalid CTL UNIT/XTMR VHF1/2
15 Frequency out of range RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
16 Forward pwr below limit VHF 1/2 VERIF INSTALL
17 XMTR temp excessive XTMR COOLING
21 Tuning volt out of limit RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
22 Tuning volt out of limit RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
23 Oscillator out blw limit RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
24 AGC volt too hight RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
25 AGC volt with rf signal RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
26 Refld rf pwr above limit RAI 1RC1/2 XTMR VHF1/2
27 XMTR timed out STUCK MIKE/ XTMR VHF1/2
 VOR VIR32
CODE DESCRIPTION TROUBLESHOOTING

0 No fault found
2 RAM test fail RAI CTL 3RS1/2
3 No serial data to unit RAI CTL 3RS1/2
4 No serial freq word RAI CTL 3RS1/2
5 Invalid NAV frequency CTL may be tuned to DME
6 Microprocessor fault RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
9 Microprocessor fault RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
10 Microprocessor fault RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
11 A/D fault RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
12 A/D failed accuracy test RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
13 +13 vdc pwr supply fault RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
14 -13 vdc pwr supply fault RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
15 VOR sin ?/LOC d/a fault RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
16 VOR cos ?/GS d/a fault RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
17 VOR smo unlocked RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
18 VOR AFC not locked RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
19 Low 30-hz ref signal RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
20 Low 30-hz var signal RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
21 400 Hz pwr sply unusable RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
22 OBI sin out of tolerance RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
23 OBI cos out of tolerance RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
24 OBS out of tolerance RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
25 LOC smo unlocked RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
26 LOC signal level low RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
27 LOC dev out of tolerance RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
28 GS smo unlocked RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
29 GS signal level low RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
30 GS dev out of tolerance RAI RCVR 1RS1/2
32 Marker beacon fault Observe mkr lamps faulty
 G-METER FUNCTION
SPECIFICATION

REFERENCE DO/TY 3171/04 Ed.01

Page 1 sur 7
 Purpose

This technical document defines the specification for the G-Meter function to integrate in the MPC
(Multi Purpose Computer).
The MPC is based on the AFDAU P/N “ED35E100”, already certified on ATR aircraft for the
FAR 121.344 needs, with an additional ACMS board. This ACMS board will support the G-Meter
function.

Scope

This technical documents deals with the G-Meter Function to be used on ATR aircraft.
The hardware shall be identical for all type of aircraft.
The embedded software shall:
- have the capability to be uploaded
- be identical for both aircraft, including pin-programming when necessary

Applicable documents

N.A.

Interface

This function will be realized in an MPC, on the ACMS part. The architecture is as follow:

Aircraft
Accelerometer FDAU AFDAU
MPC MCDU

The data necessary to realize the G-Meter function, and to calculate the flight phase shall be available
on the input from the FDAU standard in Arinc 573 format, for all FDAU standard (V0, V1-, V2+).
The display of the information for this function will be based on an MCDU – MPC interface.

Page 2 sur 7
Software level

The software level for this function will be following DO 178B: “level D”.

Performances

The G-meter function shall be considered as an ACMS standard report, having the capability to used
all types of output interfaces (ACARS, Printer, Diskette, PCMCIA board, MCDU).

The G-Meter report shall be triggered at the transition of flight phase 4 to 5, the report data shall be
stored during flight phase 5 to 10 in order to record data corresponding to “flight turbulence” and
“hard landing”, the next report shall be triggered by the flight phase 10 to 1 transition.

The data available, at the end of each flight, on the MCDU, at the crew request are:
- date & GMT corresponding to the maximum acceleration,
- flight number,
- flight phase,
- maximum vertical acceleration “up and down”.

See appendix 1 for G-Meter / MCDU Menu.

The “10” previous flight, at least, shall be stored.

The “flight” definition shall be based on data acquired by the MPC on the PCM Frame from the
FDAU.
See appendix 2 for G-Meter / Flight phase mode.

Accelerometer Characteristics:

- vertical acceleration range : +6g, -3g

- accelerometer accuracy : +/-“0.1” g

Record logics:

1 - The logic for determining the maximum vertical acceleration values to record and to display
on the MCDU is:
- each values (Up and Down) within the range +5g / -2.5g shall be recorded.
- each new value, above value already recorded, shall replace the previous one, whatever
the flight phase.
- all values outside the range +5g / -2.5g shall not be taken into account.

2 - The vertical acceleration value to take into account for the display on the MCDU menu
corresponding to the “landing value GND”, shall be the maximum one recorded from the last 10
seconds in phase 7 and in phase 8.
In flight phase 8,;
- if the “Air/Ground” signal change from “Ground” to “Air” for less than 10 seconds, it
shall be considered that it is the landing phase and in this case the vertical acceleration
value recorded in the report shall correspond to the “GND” value,
- if the “Air/Ground” signal change from “Ground” to “Air” for more than 10 seconds, it
shall be considered that the aircraft go back in flight due to a “Go-Around” and in this
case the new maximum vertical acceleration value “Up and Down” (if any) shall be
recorded to the corresponding “FLT” value in the same flight report.

Page 3 sur 7
Accelerometer test logic:

- At the flight phase 9 to 10 transition, on ground, the MPC shall check the validity of the
accelerometer in the 3 axis. The average values shall be computed on the 3 parameters
during 8 seconds:
- Vertical acceleration, result OK if value = 1+/- 0.2g
- Lateral acceleration, result OK if value = 0+/-0.2g
- Longitudinal acceleration, result OK if value = 0+/-0.2g
Result shall be presented in the G-Meter report at the end of the flight.

The menus to manage and to display this function are following description in appendix 1 .

Page 4 sur 7
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 ACMS
2 Call-up
3 < PARAM STATUS>
4
5 < QAR MAINTENANCE>
6
7 < PCMCIA
8
9 < REPORTS
10
11 < G-METER
12
13 < RETURN PRINT*

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 G-METER
2
3 DATE GMT FLT
4 JUL22 1300 0002
5
6 GMT ACC
7 1200 1.75 UP FLT
8 1200 1.50 DN FLT
9 1200 1.85 DN GND
10 VERT ACC : OK
11 LONG ACC : OK
12 LAT ACC : BAD
13 < RETURN PRINT*

Page 5 sur 7
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 ACMS STORED REPORTS
2
3 <15/G-METER
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 < RETURN PRINT*

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 ACMS STORED REPORTS 1/2
2
3 DATE GMT FLT
4 JUL21 1200 0001
5
6 GMT ACC
7 1200 1.52 UP FLT
8 1200 1.52 DN FLT
9 1200 1.52 DN GND
10
11
12
13 < RETURN PRINT*

Page 6 sur 7
 APPENDIX 2 - G-METER FUNCTION / FLIGHT PHASE MODE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

COMPUTED PRE-FLIGHT TAXI-OUT ROLL ROLL FINAL CLIMB CRUIZE APPROACH LANDING TAXI POST
FLIGHT INITIAL TAKE OFF ROLL FLIGHT
PHASE
AIR- GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND AIR AIR AIR GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND
ENGINES <45% BOTH > BOTH <
NH 45% 45%
IAS GS< GS> GS> GS<
80Kts 80Kts 80Kts 80Kts
RADIO ALT< ALT> ALT<
ALTITUDE 1500ft 1500FT 800ft

10s.

Flight phases to acquire, record and Flight phase to

display acquire, record and
« value UP FLT » & « value DN FLT » display « value DN
GND »

« VALUE UP FLT » & « VALUE DN FLT » are for turbulences in flight determination,
« VALUE DN FLT » is for hard landing determination.

Page 7 sur 7
 PEC / EEC MAINTENANCE
SPECIFICATION

REFRENCE DO/TY 3172/04 Ed.01

Page 1 sur 19
Purpose

This appendix describes the « PEC/EEC » maintenance

functions to implement in the MPC.

Abbreviations

PEC : Propeller Electronic Control

EEC : Electronic Engine Control

Description

The functions to be performed by the MPC shall be described

hereafter.

Applicable documents

N.A.

Electrical interfaces

The data necessary for this function shall be acquired in Arinc

429 format. 4 buses shall be in interface with the MPC, 2 for the
PEC (1 & 2), 2 for the EEC (1 & 2).

Sofwtware level requirements

The sotfware shall be in accordance with DO178B level D.

Page 2 sur 19
MAINTENANCE à PEC / EEC SUR MCDU

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 ACMS
2 Call-up
3 < PARAM STATUS >
4
5 < QAR MAINTENANCE >
6
7 < PCMCIA
8
9 < REPORTS
10
11 < G-METER
12
13 < RETURN

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 MAINTENANCE
2
3 < AFCS
4
5 < RAD COMM / RAD NAV
6
7 < PEC / EEC 2
8
9 < TCAS
10
11 < MFC
12
13 < RETURN

Page 3 sur 19
 2

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC
2
3 3 < TRIM EEC1 EEC2 TRIM >
4
4 5 < CODE EEC1 EEC2 CODE >
6
7 PEC
8
5 9 < TRIM PEC1 PEC2 TRIM >
10
6 11 < CODE PEC1 PEC2 CODE >
12
13 < RETURN

Page 4 sur 19
3 – TRIM EEC

Valeur X pour EEC en fonction de la sélection EEC1 ou EEC 2.

Les informations affichées sont transmises par bus ARINC 429 label 270. Les informations de
décodage sont inclues dans la SL ATR72-73-6003.

• EEC XXXX renvoi le type d’EEC utilisé. Valeurs possibles: STD for non-multiconfiguration
EEC, 127, 127E or 127F pour EEC multiconfiguration.

• BLEED XXX renvoi la configuration de la « bleed valve » du moteur. Valeurs possibles:

OFF, ON, HFL (high flow) ou ??? (Position inconnue).

• PMGT XXX donne la position du Power Management Selector (PMGT). Valeurs possibles:
T/O, MCT, CLB or CRZ.

• PLA XXX donne la position de la manette de puissance (PLA). Valeurs possibles: T/O or
OUT.

• TRIM SW XXXXXX donne la position du switch de trim moteur. Valeurs possibles: OFF ou
ACTIVE.

• MSG: XXXXX séquence de messages pour aide au déroulement du trim. La séquence devra
passer au message suivant quand la demande aura été vérifiée au niveau de la valeur
retournée par le label 270.

Ø PMGT IN T/O RANGE

Ø BLEED OFF
Ø PLA T/O
Ø PRESS TRIM SW
Ø TRIM IN PROGRESS
Ø TRIM OK (Temporisation de 15 secondes après affichage du message)
Ø RELEASE TRIM SW
Ø PLA GI
Ø TRIM COMPLETED

• FDEP CODE: XXXX retourne la valeur du label 270 sur 4 digits.

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC X TRIM
2
3 EEC: XXXX BLEED: XXX
4
5 PMGT:XXX PLA: XXX
6
7 TRIM SW: XXXXXX
8
9 MSG: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
10
11 FDEP CODE: XXXX
12
13 < RETURN

Page 5 sur 19
 000000000111111111122222
Exemple
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC 1 TRIM
2
3 EEC: STD BLEED: ON
4
5 PMGT:CRZ PLA: OUT
6
7 TRIM SW: OFF
8
9 MSG: PMGT IN T/O RANGE
10
11 FDEP CODE: 0014
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC 1 TRIM
2
3 EEC: STD BLEED: ON
4
5 PMGT:T/O PLA: OUT
6
7 TRIM SW: OFF
8
9 MSG: BLEED OFF
10
11 FDEP CODE: 0013
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC 1 TRIM
2
3 EEC: STD BLEED: OFF
4
5 PMGT:T/O PLA: OUT
6
7 TRIM SW: OFF
8
9 MSG: PLA T/O
10
11 FDEP CODE: 0003
12
13 < RETURN
Page 6 sur 19
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC 1 TRIM
2
3 EEC: STD BLEED: OFF
4
5 PMGT:T/O PLA: T/O
6
7 TRIM SW: OFF
8
9 MSG: PRESS TRIM SW
10
11 FDEP CODE: 0043
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC 1 TRIM
2
3 EEC: STD BLEED: OFF
4
5 PMGT:T/O PLA: T/O
6
7 TRIM SW: ACTIVE
8
9 MSG: TRIM IN PROGRESS
10
11 FDEP CODE: 0443
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC 1 TRIM
2
3 EEC: STD BLEED: OFF
4
5 PMGT:T/O PLA: T/O
6
7 TRIM SW: ACTIVE
8
9 MSG: TRIM OK
10
11 FDEP CODE: 4443
12
13 < RETURN
Page 7 sur 19
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC 1 TRIM
2
3 EEC: STD BLEED: OFF
4
5 PMGT:T/O PLA: T/O
6
7 TRIM SW: ACTIVE
8
9 MSG: RELEASE TRIM SW
10
11 FDEP CODE: 4443
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC 1 TRIM
2
3 EEC: STD BLEED: OFF
4
5 PMGT:T/O PLA: T/O
6
7 TRIM SW: OFF
8
9 MSG: PLA GI
10
11 FDEP CODE: 4043
12
13 < RETURN

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC 1 TRIM
2
3 EEC: STD BLEED: OFF
4
5 PMGT:T/O PLA: OUT
6
7 TRIM SW: OFF
8
9 MSG: TRIM COMPLETED
10
11 FDEP CODE: 4003
12
13 < RETURN
Page 8 sur 19
4 – LECTURE CODES PANNES EEC

Valeur X pour EEC en fonction de la sélection EEC1 ou EEC 2.

Engine PWxxxx doit retourner le model de moteur installé sur avion en fonction du pin
programming FDAU V2+.
Le model peut être: PW121A, PW124B, PW127, PW127E or PW127F.
Les codes de maintenance affichés sont transmis par bus ARINC 429 label 240.
Le code 01 indique le début de la mémoire de maintenance.
Le défilement des codes stockes dans la mémoire de l’EEC se font au travers d’une impulsion
envoyé par un switch sur le panneau de maintenance vers l’EEC (signal discret).
Le code 02 indique la fin de la mémoire de maintenance.
Tous les codes valides intermédiaires seront fournis sur tableau Excel.

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC X MAINT CODE
2
3 ENGINE PWXXXX
4
5
6 CODE: 01
7
8 DESC:
9
10 MEMORY BEGINNING
11
12
13 < RETURN

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC X MAINT CODE
2
3 ENGINE PWXXXX
4
5 CODE: 63
6
7 DESC:
8
9 TORQUE SENSOR N°2 COIL
10 N°1 HIGH TORQUE
11
12
13 < RETURN

Page 9 sur 19
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 EEC X MAINT CODE
2
3 ENGINE PWXXXX
4
5
6 CODE: 02
7
8 DESC:
9
10 MEMORY END
11
12
13 < RETURN

Page 10 sur 19
5 – TRIM PEC

Valeur X pour PEC en fonction de la sélection PEC1 ou PEC 2.

Les informations affichées sont transmises par bus ARINC 429 label 270.

• PLA XXX donne la position de la manette de puissance (PLA). Valeurs possibles: T/O, FI or
OUT.

• PMGT XXX donne la position du Power Management Selector (PMGT). Valeurs possibles:
T/O, OUT or CRZ.

• TRIM SW XXXXXX donne la position du switch de trim moteur. Valeurs possibles: OFF ou
ACTIVE.

• MSG: XXXXX séquence de message pour aide au déroulement du trim. La séquence devra
passer au message suivant quand la demande aura été vérifiée au niveau de la valeur
retournée par le label 270.

Ø PMGT IN CRZ (2)

Ø PLA T/O
Ø PRESS TRIM SW
Ø TRIM IN PROGRESS
Ø TRIM OK AT T/O (Tempo 15 secondes)
Ø RELEASE TRIM SW
Ø PLA FI
Ø PRESS TRIM SW
Ø TRIM IN PROGRESS
Ø TRIM OK AT FI (Tempo 15 secondes)
Ø RELEASE TRIM SW
Ø PLA GI
Ø PMGT IN T/O
Ø TRIM COMPLETED

• FDEP CODE: XXXX retourne la valeur du label 270 sur 4 digits.

Table de décodage du label 270

FDEP Digit Conditio ARINC 429

Meaning
Digit Value n Label 270
PLA Flight Idle Trim Successful 1 = Yes Bit 29
1er
(gauche)
0 PLA Take-Off Trim Successful 1 = Yes Bit 28
Blade Angle Feather Trim Successful 1 = Yes Bit 27
Trim switch activated 1 = Yes Bit 26
2ième 0 Blade Angle trim successful at SLPS 1 = Yes Bit 25
Not used (always 0) Bit 24
PLA in Take-Off Range 1 = Yes Bit 23
3ième 0 PLA in Flight Idle Range 1 = Yes Bit 22
Blade Angle in Feather Range 1 = Yes Bit 21
Weight-On-Wheels 1 = Ground Bit 20
4ième
(droite)
0 Speed Select discret #2 See PMGT
rating Table.
Bit 19
Speed Select discret #1 Bit 18

Page 11 sur 19
Table de conversion pour la sélection vitesse

Speed Select Speed Select

Discret #1 Discret #2
(Bit 18) (Bit 19)
T/O 0 0
OUT 0 1
OUT 1 0
CRZ 1 1

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC X TRIM
2
3 PMGT:XXX PLA: XXX
4
5 TRIM SW: XXXXXX
6
7 MSG: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
8
9 FDEP CODE: XXXX
10
11
12
13 < RETURN

Page 12 sur 19
 000000000111111111122222
Exemple
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:TO PLA: OUT
4
5 TRIM SW: OFF
6
7 MSG: PMGT IN CRZ (2)
8
9 FDEP CODE: 0014
10
11
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: OUT
4
5 TRIM SW: OFF
6
7 MSG: PLA T/O
8
9 FDEP CODE: 0017
10
11
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: T/O
4
5 TRIM SW: OFF
6
7 MSG: PRESS TRIM SW
8
9 FDEP CODE: 0057
10
11
12
13 < RETURN Page 13 sur 19
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: T/O
4
5 TRIM SW: ACTIVE
6
7 MSG: TRIM IN PROGRESS
8
9 FDEP CODE: 0457
10
11
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: T/O
4
5 TRIM SW: ACTIVE
6
7 MSG: TRIM OK AT T/O
8
9 FDEP CODE: 3457
10
11
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC X TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: T/O
4
5 TRIM SW: ACTIVE
6
7 MSG: RELEASE TRIM SW
8
9 FDEP CODE: 3457
10
11
12
13 < RETURN Page 14 sur 19
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: T/O
4
5 TRIM SW: OFF
6
7 MSG: PLA FI
8
9 FDEP CODE: 3057
10
11
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: FI
4
5 TRIM SW: OFF
6
7 MSG: PRESS TRIM SW
8
9 FDEP CODE: 3037
10
11
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: FI
4
5 TRIM SW: ACTIVE
6
7 MSG: TRIM IN PROGRESS
8
9 FDEP CODE: 3437
10
11
12
13 < RETURN Page 15 sur 19
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: FI
4
5 TRIM SW: ACTIVE
6
7 MSG: TRIM OK AT FI
8
9 FDEP CODE: 7437
10
11
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: FI
4
5 TRIM SW: ACTIVE
6
7 MSG: RELEASE TRIM SW
8
9 FDEP CODE: 7437
10
11
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: FI
4
5 TRIM SW: OFF
6
7 MSG: PLA GI
8
9 FDEP CODE: 7037
10
11
12
13 < RETURN Page 16 sur 19
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:CRZ PLA: OUT
4
5 TRIM SW: OFF
6
7 MSG: PMGT IN T/O
8
9 FDEP CODE: 7014
10
11
12
13 < RETURN
000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC 2 TRIM
2
3 PMGT:T/O PLA: OUT
4
5 TRIM SW: OFF
6
7 MSG: TRIM COMPLETED
8
9 FDEP CODE: 7014
10
11
12
13 < RETURN

Page 17 sur 19
6 – LECTURE CODES PANNES PEC

Valeur X pour PEC en fonction de la sélection PEC1 ou PEC 2.

Les codes de maintenance affichés sont transmis par bus ARINC 429 label 240.
Le code 01 indique le début de la mémoire de maintenance.
Le défilement des codes stockes dans la mémoire du PEC se font au travers d’une impulsion
envoyé par un switch sur le panneau de maintenance vers le PEC (signal discret).
Le code 02 indique la fin de la mémoire de maintenance.
Tous les codes valides intermédiaires seront fournis sur tableau Excel.

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC X MAINT CODE
2
3 CODE: 01
4
5 DESC:
6
7 MEMORY BEGINNING
8
9
10
11
12
13 < RETURN

000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC X MAINT CODE
2
3 CODE: 63
4
5 DESC:
6
7 BLADE ANGLE CALIBRATION
8
9
10
11
12
13 < RETURN

Page 18 sur 19
 000000000111111111122222
123456789012345678901234
1 PEC X MAINT CODE
2
3 CODE: 02
4
5 DESC:
6
7 MEMORY END
8
9
10
11
12
13 < RETURN

APPENDIX : 15 SHEETS ADDED

Page 19 sur 19
Engine_Type Fault_Code Fault_Name
121A 6 PLA BIAS
121A 7 PLA GAIN
121A 9 TORQUE TEST FAILURE
NPT INTERFACE
121A 10
(F/D CONVERSION)
STEPPER MOTOR
121A 11
W/A CIRCUIT
121A 14 DUAL TEMPERATURE
DUAL ALTITUDE
121A 15
(STATIC PRESSURE)
NACELLE STATIC PRESSURE
121A 17
SENSOR
SENSOR CALIBRATION
121A 18
(EEPROM)
NACELLE DELTA-P
121A 19
PRESSURE SENSOR
121A 20 LOW LEVEL GAIN
121A 21 LOW LEVEL DRIFT
SENSOR CALIBRATION
121A 22
(COLD JUNCTION)
121A 25 HIGH LEVEL GAIN
121A 26 HIGH LEVEL DRIFT
121A 28 TORQUE GAIN TRIM
121A 29 TORQUE BIAS TRIM
121A 31 EEROM FAULT
121A 32 ARINC OUTPUT
121A 34 UART INTERFACE
121A 44 EEC INTERNAL FAULT
121A 49 ARINC INPUT
121A 52 ARINC LABEL 211
121A 53 ARINC LABEL 203
121A 54 ARINC LABEL 206
ENGINE/GEARBOX
121A 58
TORQUE FAULT NO. 2
ENGINE/GEARBOX
121A 59
TORQUE FAULT NO. 3
121A 61 TAT CROSSCHECK
121A 62 ALT CROSSCHECK
121A 67 CONNECTOR FAILURE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
121A 70
HIGH TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
121A 71
LOW TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
121A 72
HIGH NPT
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
121A 73
LOW NPT
121A 74 TORQUE COMPENSATION
121A 78 INLET TEMPERATURE
NH NO.1 SENSOR
121A 80
HIGH RANGE
NH NO.2 SENSOR
121A 81
HIGH RANGE
NH NO.2 SENSOR
121A 83
LOW RANGE
121A 85 FAIL FIXED WRAPAROUND
121A 86 AUTO IGNITION WRAPAROUND
121A 89 PLA E1 SIGNAL
121A 90 PLA E2 SIGNAL
121A 91 PLA TOTAL
121A 92 STEPPER MOTOR PHASE
STEPPER MOTOR
121A 93
INTERMITTENT PHASE
INCORRECT EEC CONFIG.
121A LAB
INSTALLED

124B 6 PLA BIAS

124B 7 PLA GAIN
124B 9 TORQUE TEST FAILURE
NPT FREQUENCY TO DIGITAL
124B 10
CONVERSION
124B 12 DUAL NH FAULT
124B 14 DUAL TEMP
124B 15 DUAL PRESSURE
124B 17 NACELLE STATIC PRESSURE
124B 18 SENSOR CALIBRATION
124B 20 LOW LEVEL GAIN
124B 21 LOW LEVEL OFFSET
124B 22 SENSOR CALIBRATION
124B 25 HIGH LEVEL GAIN
124B 26 HIGH LEVEL DRIFT
124B 28 Q2 GAIN
124B 29 Q2 BIAS
124B 31 EEROM FAULT
124B 32 ARINC OUTPUT
124B 34 UART
124B 49 ARINC INPUT
124B 52 ARINC LABEL 211
124B 53 ARINC LABEL 203
124B 54 ARINC LABEL 206
124B 61 TAT CROSSCHECK
124B 62 ALT CROSSCHECK
124B 67 CONNECTOR FAILURE
TORQUE ANALOG/ DIGITAL
124B 69
CONVERSION
TORQUE SENSOR
124B 70
HIGH TORQUE FAULT
TORQUE SENSOR
124B 71
LOW TORQUE FAULT
TORQUE SENSOR
124B 72
HIGH NPT FAULT
TORQUE SENSOR
124B 73
LOW NPT FAULT
124B 74 TORQUE COMPENSATION
124B 78 INLET TEMPERATURE
NH NO.1 SENSOR
124B 80
LOW RANGE
NH NO. 2 SENSOR
124B 81
LOW RANGE
NH NO. 1 SENSOR
124B 82
HIGH RANGE
 NH NO. 2 SENSOR
124B 83
HIGH RANGE
124B 85 FAIL FIXED WRAPAROUND
124B 86 ECSF RELAY WRAPAROUND
124B 87 UPTRIM LAMP WRAPAROUND
124B 89 PLA PHASE 1
124B 90 PLA PHASE 2
124B 91 PLA TOTAL
ENGINE TRIM FAILURE
124B 96
(SATURATED)
ENGINE TRIM FAILURE
124B 97
(STABILITY)
ENGINE TRIM FAILURE
124B 98
(BLEED)
INCORRECT EEC CONFIG.
124B LAB
INSTALLED

127 6 PLA BIAS

127 7 PLA GAIN
LOSS OF INTERCOMPRESSOR
127 8
BLEED VALVE CONTROL
127 9 TORQUE TEST FAILURE
NPT INTERFACE
127 10
(F/D CONVERSION)
STEPPER MOTOR
127 11
W/A CIRCUIT
127 12 DUAL NH
127 14 DUAL TEMPERATURE
DUAL ALTITUDE
127 15
(STATIC PRESSURE)
NACELLE STATIC PRESSURE
127 17
SENSOR
SENSOR CALIBRATION
127 18
(EEPROM)
NACELLE DELTA-P
127 19
PRESSURE SENSOR
127 20 LOW LEVEL GAIN
127 21 LOW LEVEL DRIFT
SENSOR CALIBRATION
127 22
(COLD JUNCTION)
127 25 HIGH LEVEL GAIN
127 26 HIGH LEVEL DRIFT
127 28 TORQUE GAIN TRIM
127 29 TORQUE BIAS TRIM
127 31 EEROM FAULT
127 32 ARINC OUTPUT
127 34 UART INTERFACE
127 39 IBV W/A INTERFACE FAULT
127 43 MFCU IDENTIFICATION
127 44 EEC INTERNAL FAULT
127 49 ARINC INPUT
127 52 ARINC LABEL 211
127 53 ARINC LABEL 203
127 54 ARINC LABEL 206
127 61 TAT CROSSCHECK
127 62 ALT CROSSCHECK
 TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127 63
HIGH TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127 64
LOW TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127 65
HIGH NPT
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127 66
LOW NPT
127 67 CONNECTOR FAILURE
TOTAL TORQUE
127 69
(A/D CONVERSION)
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127 70
HIGH TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127 71
LOW TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127 72
HIGH NPT
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127 73
LOW NPT
127 74 TORQUE COMPENSATION
DUAL COIL TORQUE PROBE
127 75
CROSS-CHECK
127 76 DUAL NP CROSS-CHECK
127 78 INLET TEMPERATURE
NH NO. 1 SENSOR
127 80
HIGH RANGE
NH NO. 2 SENSOR
127 81
HIGH RANGE
NH NO. 1 SENSOR
127 82
LOW RANGE
NH NO. 2 SENSOR
127 83
LOW RANGE
127 84 DUAL NH CROSS-CHECK
127 85 FAIL FIXED WRAPAROUND
127 86 AUTO-IGNITION WRAPAROUND
127 87 MANUAL IBV WRAPAROUND
127 89 PLA E1 SIGNAL
127 90 PLA E2 SIGNAL
127 91 PLA TOTAL
127 92 STEPPER MOTOR PHASE
STEPPER MOTOR
127 93
INTERMITTENT PHASE
INCORRECT EEC CONFIG.
127 LAB
INSTALLED

127E 6 PLA BIAS

127E 7 PLA GAIN
LOSS OF INTERCOMPRESSOR
127E 8
BLEED VALVE CONTROL
127E 9 TORQUE TEST FAILURE
NPT INTERFACE
127E 10
(F/D CONVERSION)
STEPPER MOTOR
127E 11
W/A CIRCUIT
127E 12 DUAL NH
127E 14 DUAL TEMPERATURE
 DUAL ALTITUDE
127E 15
(STATIC PRESSURE)
NACELLE STATIC PRESSURE
127E 17
SENSOR
SENSOR CALIBRATION
127E 18
(EEPROM)
NACELLE DELTA-P
127E 19
PRESSURE SENSOR
127E 20 LOW LEVEL GAIN
127E 21 LOW LEVEL DRIFT
SENSOR CALIBRATION
127E 22
(COLD JUNCTION)
127E 25 HIGH LEVEL GAIN
127E 26 HIGH LEVEL DRIFT
127E 28 TORQUE GAIN TRIM
127E 29 TORQUE BIAS TRIM
127E 31 EEROM FAULT
127E 32 ARINC OUTPUT
127E 34 UART INTERFACE
127E 39 IBV W/A INTERFACE FAULT
127E 43 MFCU IDENTIFICATION
127E 44 EEC INTERNAL FAULT
127E 49 ARINC INPUT
127E 52 ARINC LABEL 211
127E 53 ARINC LABEL 203
127E 54 ARINC LABEL 206
127E 61 TAT CROSSCHECK
127E 62 ALT CROSSCHECK
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127E 63
HIGH TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127E 64
LOW TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127E 65
HIGH NPT
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127E 66
LOW NPT
127E 67 CONNECTOR FAILURE
TOTAL TORQUE
127E 69
(A/D CONVERSION)
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127E 70
HIGH TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127E 71
LOW TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127E 72
HIGH NPT
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127E 73
LOW NPT
127E 74 TORQUE COMPENSATION
DUAL COIL TORQUE PROBE
127E 75
CROSS-CHECK
127E 76 DUAL NP CROSS-CHECK
127E 78 INLET TEMPERATURE
NH NO. 1 SENSOR
127E 80
HIGH RANGE
NH NO. 2 SENSOR
127E 81
HIGH RANGE
 NH NO. 1 SENSOR
127E 82
LOW RANGE
NH NO. 2 SENSOR
127E 83
LOW RANGE
127E 84 DUAL NH CROSS-CHECK
127E 85 FAIL FIXED WRAPAROUND
127E 86 AUTO-IGNITION WRAPAROUND
127E 87 MANUAL IBV WRAPAROUND
127E 89 PLA E1 SIGNAL
127E 90 PLA E2 SIGNAL
127E 91 PLA TOTAL
127E 92 STEPPER MOTOR PHASE
STEPPER MOTOR
127E 93
INTERMITTENT PHASE
INCORRECT EEC CONFIG.
127E LAB
INSTALLED

127F 6 PLA BIAS

127F 7 PLA GAIN
LOSS OF INTERCOMPRESSOR
127F 8
BLEED VALVE CONTROL
127F 9 TORQUE TEST FAILURE
NPT INTERFACE
127F 10
(F/D CONVERSION)
STEPPER MOTOR
127F 11
W/A CIRCUIT
127F 12 DUAL NH
127F 14 DUAL TEMPERATURE
DUAL ALTITUDE
127F 15
(STATIC PRESSURE)
NACELLE STATIC PRESSURE
127F 17
SENSOR
SENSOR CALIBRATION
127F 18
(EEPROM)
NACELLE DELTA-P
127F 19
PRESSURE SENSOR
127F 20 LOW LEVEL GAIN
127F 21 LOW LEVEL DRIFT
SENSOR CALIBRATION
127F 22
(COLD JUNCTION)
127F 25 HIGH LEVEL GAIN
127F 26 HIGH LEVEL DRIFT
127F 28 TORQUE GAIN TRIM
127F 29 TORQUE BIAS TRIM
127F 31 EEROM FAULT
127F 32 ARINC OUTPUT
127F 34 UART INTERFACE
127F 39 IBV W/A INTERFACE FAULT
127F 43 MFCU IDENTIFICATION
127F 44 EEC INTERNAL FAULT
127F 49 ARINC INPUT
127F 52 ARINC LABEL 211
127F 53 ARINC LABEL 203
127F 54 ARINC LABEL 206
127F 61 TAT CROSSCHECK
127F 62 ALT CROSSCHECK
 TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127F 63
HIGH TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127F 64
LOW TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127F 65
HIGH NPT
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.1
127F 66
LOW NPT
127F 67 CONNECTOR FAILURE
TOTAL TORQUE
127F 69
(A/D CONVERSION)
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127F 70
HIGH TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127F 71
LOW TORQUE
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127F 72
HIGH NPT
TORQUE SENSOR COIL NO.2
127F 73
LOW NPT
127F 74 TORQUE COMPENSATION
DUAL COIL TORQUE PROBE
127F 75
CROSS-CHECK
127F 76 DUAL NP CROSS-CHECK
127F 78 INLET TEMPERATURE
NH NO. 1 SENSOR
127F 80
HIGH RANGE
NH NO. 2 SENSOR
127F 81
HIGH RANGE
NH NO. 1 SENSOR
127F 82
LOW RANGE
NH NO. 2 SENSOR
127F 83
LOW RANGE
127F 84 DUAL NH CROSS-CHECK
127F 85 FAIL FIXED WRAPAROUND
127F 86 AUTO-IGNITION WRAPAROUND
127F 87 MANUAL IBV WRAPAROUND
127F 89 PLA E1 SIGNAL
127F 90 PLA E2 SIGNAL
127F 91 PLA TOTAL
127F 92 STEPPER MOTOR PHASE
STEPPER MOTOR
127F 93
INTERMITTENT PHASE
INCORRECT EEC CONFIG.
127F LAB
INSTALLED
Fault_Code Fault_Name
3 Reversing Fault
4 Reversing Fault
5 Maint. Disc. Fault
11 EEC ARINC Fault
12 EEC ARINC Fault
21 WOW Disc. Fault
22 Np Speed Select Disc.
23 Np Speed Select Disc.
24 Primary Ch. Disc. W/A
25 Backup Ch. Disc. W/A
26 SLPS Retraction
27 SLPS Enabled
28 X-Chan. Speed Select
29 Maintenance Lamp
31 Sensed Prop. Speed
32 Sensed Prop. Speed
51 OSG Fault
61 PLA Calibration
62 PLA Calibration
63 Blade Angle Calibration
64 Blade Angle Calibration
65 Sensed PLA Fault
66 Sensed PLA Fault
67 Sensed Blade Angle
68 Sensed Blade Angle
69 EHV Current W/A
70 EHV Current W/A
71 Blade Track Check
72 Blade Track Check
73 SLPS Fault
74 EHV Null Fault
75 Hyd. Press. Sensor
76 EHV Null Shift
77 EHV Null Fault
78 EHV Null Shift
79 Underspeed Fault
81 PEC Internal Fault
82 PEC Ident. Fault
83 Rigging Data Fault
84 Rigging Data Fault
91 Sensed Remote Speed
PRODUCT SUPPORT

AVIONS DE TRANSPORT REGIONAL

1, ALLEE P. NADOT - 31712 BLAGNAC CEDEX FRANCE
TELEX 533984 / ATR - FAX 33 61 93 12 90 SERVICE LETTER
TITLE: ATR72 – DECODING AND TROUBLESHOOTING OCTAL DISPLAY OF FDEP DURING
EEC TRIM PROCEDURE.

1. EFFECTIVITY

ATR72-200, ATR72-210, ATR72-210A.

2. REASON

To allow operators to decode the display of the FDEP during trim sequence and analyze differences
between the code obtained and the code called for according to the engine trim procedure ref. AMM
(JIC) 73-23-61 OPT 10040.

3. DESCRIPTION

A. Decoding.

Example of FDEP decoding:

FDEP = 6443

FDEP Digit Bit ARINC

Digit Value Value Meaning Remarks 429
Label 270
1 Engine Trim sequence successful 1 at the end of trim. Bit 29
First 6 1 EEC Multi-configuration rating 2 See EEC rating Bit 28
(Left) 0 EEC Multi-configuration rating 1 Table. Bit 27
1 Engine Trim Discrete (Switch) 1 during trim. Bit 26
Second 4 0 Not used Value always at 0. Bit 25
0 “Up trim” Lamp Must be = 0 Bit 24
1 PLA in range for engine trim 1 in T/O notch. Bit 23
Third 4 0 Bleed Selection 2 See Bleed rating Bit 22
0 Bleed Selection 1 Table. Bit 21
0 “Up trim” Signal Must be at 0. Bit 20
Fourth 3 1 Power Management Rating 2 See PMGT rating Bit 19
(Right) 1 Power Management Rating 1 Table. Bit 18

0 = 000, 1 = 001, 2 = 010, 3 = 011, 4 = 100, 5 = 101, 6 = 110, 7 = 111

DATE: SERVICE LETTER No. : ATR72-73-6003

REVISION No. : PAGE : 1/7

Printed in France
 SERVICE LETTER ATR72

Power Management Rating Table

Power Management Power Management

Rating 1 Rating 2
(Bit 18) (Bit 19)
Take Off (T/O) 1 1
Maximum Continuous (MCT) 0 0
Climb (CLB) 0 1
Cruise (CRZ) 1 0

Bleed Selection Table

Bleed Selection Bleed Selection

1 2
(Bit 21) (Bit 22)
No Bleed 0 0
Normal Flow 1 0
High Flow 0 1

EEC Multi-configuration rating Table

EEC Multi-conf. EEC Multi-conf.

rating 1 Rating 2
(Bit 27) (Bit 28)
Non Multi-conf. EEC 0 0
EEC Multi-conf. PW127F 0 1
EEC Multi-conf. PW127 1 0
EEC Multi-conf. PW127E 1 1

This code 6443 can be translated as follow:

7! The trim sequence is successful.

The EEC is a PW127F multi-configuration.

4! The trim switch is pressed.

The “up-trim” light is not illuminated.

4! The PLA is in the trim range.

The bleed is selected OFF.

3! The “up-trim” signal is not activated.

The Power Management is on the T/O position.

B. Troubleshooting.

If during initialization of the trim through FDEP (Codes 8751 and 8752) the FDEP display returns
“9999”, check EEC, FDAU and wiring between them (ARINC 429 data bus).

See Digits configuration tables in annex for details.

DATE : SERVICE LETTER No. : ATR72-73-6003

REVISION No. : PAGE : 2

Printed in France
 SERVICE LETTER ATR72

Normal Digit 1 trimming sequence.

Trim Non Multi-Conf Multi-Conf EEC Multi-Conf EEC Multi-Conf EEC

Sequence EEC
PW124B, 127 or PW127 PW127F PW127E
121A
Beginning 0 1 2 3
End 4 5 6 7

If the first digit value does not correspond to the expected (AMM-JIC) value, analyze the type of
EEC fitted on the aircraft. Check the characterization plug on the EEC.

Note: After engine replacement and before trim sequence initialization, check resistor R1 of EEC
characterization plug to verify Multi-configuration EEC setting.

Normal Digit 2 trimming sequence.

The sequence is valid for all type of EEC fitted on the aircraft.

0 ! 4 ! 4 ! 0.

Beginning

Trim sequence

End of Trim

If the second digit value does not correspond to the expected (AMM-JIC) value, check trim switch on
panel 702VU.

Normal Digit 3 trimming sequence.

During the trim sequence the third digit will indicate “4” until the PLA is retarded out of trim range.

If the digit indicates “0” ! check PLA position.

If the digit indicates “1”, “2” or “3” ! check PLA position and bleed selection.
If the digit indicates “5”, “6” or “7” ! check bleed selection.

Normal Digit 4 trimming sequence.

During the trim sequence the fourthdigit will indicate “3”.

If the digit indicates “0”, “1” or “2” ! check Power Management (Not in T/O).
If the digit indicates “4”, “5” or “6” ! check Power Management and up-trim system.
If the digit indicates “7” ! check up-trim system.

DATE : SERVICE LETTER No. : ATR72-73-6003

REVISION No. : PAGE : 3

Printed in France
 SERVICE LETTER No. : ATR72-73-6003

PAGE : 4
Bit 29 Bit 28 Bit 27
FDEP Engine Trim
1st Digit Sequence Used for Used for Comments
Successful Engine Engine
(Yes = 1) Identification Identification
When all conditions required to begin the trim sequence are met.
0 0 0 0 Valid for Non multi configuration EEC (PW124B, PW127 and PW 121A
series.) ATR42-400, ATR42-500, ATR72-200, ATR72-210, ATR72-210A.
When all conditions required beginning the trim sequence are met.
1 0 0 1 Valid for multi configuration EEC PW127 rating.
ATR72-210 Only.

Printed in France
SERVICE LETTER ATR72

When all conditions required beginning the trim sequence are met.
2 0 1 0 Valid for multi configuration EEC PW127F rating.
ATR72-210A Only.
When all conditions required beginning the trim sequence are met.
Annex 1: First digit configuration Table

3 0 1 1 Valid for multi configuration EEC PW127E rating.

ATR42-500 Only
When trim sequence has been completed successfully.
4 1 0 0 Valid for Non multi configuration EEC (PW124B, PW127 and PW 121A
series). ATR42-400, ATR42-500, ATR72-200, ATR72-210, ATR72-210A.
When trim sequence has been completed successfully.
5 1 0 1 Valid for multi configuration EEC PW127 rating.
ATR72-210 Only
When trim sequence has been completed successfully.
6 1 1 0 Valid for multi configuration EEC PW127F rating.

REVISION No. :
ATR72-210A Only.
When trim sequence has been completed successfully.
7 1 1 1 Valid for multi configuration EEC PW127F rating.

DATE :
ATR72-210A Only.
 SERVICE LETTER No. : ATR72-73-6003

PAGE : 5
Bit 26 Bit 25 Bit 24
FDEP Engine Trim Uptrim Lamp
2nd Digit Switch Not Used Discrete Comments
Discrete
(On =1) (Always =0) (Must be =0)
At the beginning of trim sequence or at the end when the trim switch is
0 0 0 0 depressed.
Cannot exist in normal trim condition (uptrim light must be extinguished).
1 0 0 1

Printed in France
SERVICE LETTER ATR72

Cannot exist (label not used).

2 0 1 0
Annex 1: Second digit configuration Table

Cannot exist (see above).

3 0 1 1
When trim switch is pressed during the trim sequence. If the switch is
4 1 0 0 depressed during the trim sequence the EEC trim will be aborted.
Cannot exist in normal trim condition (uptrim light must be extinguished).
5 1 0 1
Cannot exist (label not used).
6 1 1 0

REVISION No. :
Cannot exist (see above).
7 1 1 1

DATE :
 SERVICE LETTER No. : ATR72-73-6003

PAGE : 6
Bit 23 Bit 22 Bit 21
FDEP PLA in range
3rd Digit for engine Bleed Bleed Comments
trim. Discrete 2 Discrete 1
(Yes =1)
Can be read before and after trim sequence if the PLA is not in the notch.
0 0 0 0
Trim is not possible, bleed is selected ON.
1 0 0 1

Printed in France
SERVICE LETTER ATR72

Trim is not possible, bleed is selected on High Flow.

2 0 1 0
Annex 1: Third digit configuration Table

Cannot exist (bleed configuration impossible).

3 0 1 1
Only this value is valid during the trim sequence when PLA is in the notch
4 1 0 0 and bleeds are selected OFF.
Trim is not possible, bleed is selected ON.
5 1 0 1
Trim is not possible, bleed is selected on High Flow.
6 1 1 0

REVISION No. :
Cannot exist (bleed configuration impossible).
7 1 1 1

DATE :
 SERVICE LETTER No. : ATR72-73-6003

PAGE : 7
Bit 20 Bit 19 Bit 18
FDEP Uptrim
4th Digit Signal PWMGT PWMGT Comments
Discrete rating rating
(On=1) Discrete 2 Discrete 1
PWMGT in MCT position (Must be in T/O for trim sequence).
0 0 0 0
PWMGT in CRZ position (Must be in T/O for trim sequence).
1 0 0 1

Printed in France
SERVICE LETTER ATR72

PWMGT in CLB position (Must be in T/O for trim sequence).

2 0 1 0
Annex 1: Fourth digit configuration Table

PWMGT in T/O position and no uptrim signal from EEC.

3 0 1 1
PWMGT in MCT position (Must be in T/O for trim sequence).
4 1 0 0 Uptim signal from the EEC present.
PWMGT in CRZ position (Must be in T/O for trim sequence).
5 1 0 1 Uptim signal from the EEC present.
PWMGT in CLB position (Must be in T/O for trim sequence).
6 1 1 0 Uptim signal from the EEC present.

REVISION No. :
Uptim signal from the EEC present.
7 1 1 1

DATE :